[go: up one dir, main page]

WO1999004825A1 - Methods and compositions for the diagnosis and treatment of neuropsychiatric disorders - Google Patents

Methods and compositions for the diagnosis and treatment of neuropsychiatric disorders Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO1999004825A1
WO1999004825A1 PCT/US1998/015183 US9815183W WO9904825A1 WO 1999004825 A1 WO1999004825 A1 WO 1999004825A1 US 9815183 W US9815183 W US 9815183W WO 9904825 A1 WO9904825 A1 WO 9904825A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
fεhoδ
disorder
gene
nucleic acid
compound
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Ceased
Application number
PCT/US1998/015183
Other languages
French (fr)
Other versions
WO1999004825A9 (en
WO1999004825A8 (en
Inventor
Hong Chen
Nelson B. Freimer
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Millennium Pharmaceuticals Inc
University of California Berkeley
University of California San Diego UCSD
Original Assignee
Millennium Pharmaceuticals Inc
University of California Berkeley
University of California San Diego UCSD
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Millennium Pharmaceuticals Inc, University of California Berkeley, University of California San Diego UCSD filed Critical Millennium Pharmaceuticals Inc
Priority to CA002298474A priority Critical patent/CA2298474A1/en
Priority to AU85805/98A priority patent/AU8580598A/en
Publication of WO1999004825A1 publication Critical patent/WO1999004825A1/en
Publication of WO1999004825A8 publication Critical patent/WO1999004825A8/en
Publication of WO1999004825A9 publication Critical patent/WO1999004825A9/en
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Ceased legal-status Critical Current

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K14/00Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K14/435Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
    • C07K14/46Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans from vertebrates
    • C07K14/47Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans from vertebrates from mammals
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A01AGRICULTURE; FORESTRY; ANIMAL HUSBANDRY; HUNTING; TRAPPING; FISHING
    • A01KANIMAL HUSBANDRY; AVICULTURE; APICULTURE; PISCICULTURE; FISHING; REARING OR BREEDING ANIMALS, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; NEW BREEDS OF ANIMALS
    • A01K2217/00Genetically modified animals
    • A01K2217/05Animals comprising random inserted nucleic acids (transgenic)
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K38/00Medicinal preparations containing peptides
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K48/00Medicinal preparations containing genetic material which is inserted into cells of the living body to treat genetic diseases; Gene therapy

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to the mammalian fsh05 gene, a novel gene associated with neuropsychiatric and 5 oxidative stress disorders in humans.
  • the invention encompasses fsh05 nucleic acids, recombinant DNA molecules, cloned genes or degenerate variants thereof, f ⁇ h05 gene products and antibodies directed against such gene products, cloning vectors containing mammalian fsh05 gene molecules, 0 and hosts that have been genetically engineered to express such molecules.
  • the invention further relates to methods for the identification of compounds that modulate the expression, synthesis and activity of fsh05 and to using compounds such as those identified as therapeutic agents in the treatment of 5 a fsh05 disorder; a neuropsychiatric disorder, including, by way of example and not of limitation, schizophrenia, attention deficit disorder, a schizoaffective disorder, a bipolar affective disorder or a unipolar affective disorder; or an oxidative stress disorder.
  • the invention also relates 0 to methods for the diagnostic evaluation, genetic testing and prognosis of a fshOS disorder, of a neuropsychiatric disorder, including, by way of example and not of limitation, schizophrenia, attention deficit disorder, a schizoaffective disorder, a bipolar affective disorder or a unipolar 5 affective disorder, or of an oxidative stress disorder.
  • NEUROPSYCHIATRIC DISORDERS There are only a few psychiatric disorders in which clinical manifestations of the disorder can be correlated with demonstrable defects in the structure and/or function of the nervous system.
  • Well-known examples of such disorders include Huntington's disease, which can be traced to a mutation in a single gene and in which neurons in the striatum degenerate, and Parkinson's disease, in which dopaminergic neurons in the nigro-striatal pathway degenerate.
  • the vast majority of psychiatric disorders however, presumably involve subtle and/or undetectable changes, at the cellular and/or molecular levels, in nervous system structure and function.
  • Neuropsychiatric disorders such as schizophrenia, attention deficit disorders, schizoaffective disorder, bipolar affective disorders, or unipolar affective disorder, from neurological disorders, in which anatomical or biochemical pathologies are manifest.
  • identification of the causative defects and the neuropathologies of neuropsychiatric disorders are needed in order to enable clinicians to evaluate and prescribe appropriate courses of treatment to cure or ameliorate the symptoms of these disorders.
  • bipolar affective disorder also known as bipolar mood disorder (BP) or manic-depressive illness, which is characterized by episodes of elevated mood (mania) and depression (Goodwin, et al . , 1990, Manic Depressive Illness , Oxford University Press, New York) .
  • BP-I severe bipolar affective (mood) disorder
  • SAD-M schizoaffective disorder manic type
  • BP-I often co-segregates in families with more etiologically heterogeneous syndromes, such as with a unipolar affective 5 disorder such as unipolar major depressive disorder (MDD) , which is a more broadly defined phenotype (Freimer and Reus, 1992, in The Molecular and Genetic Basis of Neurological Disease, Rosenberg, et al . , eds., Butterworths, New York, pp. 951-965; Mclnnes and Freimer, 1995, Curr. Opin. Genet.
  • MDD unipolar major depressive disorder
  • BP-I and SAD-M are severe mood disorders that are frequently difficult to distinguish from one another on a cross-sectional basis, follow similar clinical courses, and segregate together in family studies (Rosenthal, et al . , 1980, Arch. General Psychiat. 37, 804-
  • DSM Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders
  • Mapping genes for common diseases believed to be caused by multiple genes, such as BAD may be complicated by the typically imprecise definition of phenotypes, by etiologic heterogeneity, and by uncertainty about the mode of genetic transmission of the disease trait. With neuropsychiatric disorders there is even greater ambiguity in distinguishing individuals who likely carry an affected genotype from those who are genetically unaffected. For example, one can define an affected phenotype for BAD by including one or more of the broad grouping of diagnostic classifications that constitute the mood disorders: BP-I, SAD-M, MDD, and bipolar affective (mood) disorder with hypomania and major depression (BP-II) .
  • neuropsychiatric disorder phenotypes do not exhibit classic Mendelian recessive or dominant inheritance patterns attributable to a single genetic locus, (2) there may be incomplete penetrance, i.e., individuals who inherit a predisposing allele may not manifest disease; (3) a phenocopy phenomenon may occur, i.e., individuals who do not inherit a predisposing allele may nevertheless develop disease due to environmental or random causes; (4) genetic heterogeneity may exist, in which case mutations in any one of several genes may result in identical phenotypes.
  • OXIDATIVE STRESS DISORDERS The accumulation of oxidative stress is recognized to be contributing factor to tissue damage in conditions ranging from autoimmunity, inflammation and ischemia, to head trauma, cataracts, and neurological disorders such as stroke, Parkinson's disease, and Alzheimer's disease. Defects in antioxidant defense mechanisms, such as mutations in oxidoreductases, therefore, are thought to be responsible for development of various diseases. For example, mutations in Cu/Zn superoxide dismutase gene are associated with familial amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (Rosen, et al .
  • the zeta-crystallin superfamily is a collection of quinone oxidoreductases (Babiychuk, et al . , 1995, J. Biol. Chem. 270, 26224-26231) . High levels of zeta-crystallin is expressed in guinea pig lens and is thought to be an adaptation to control reactive oxygen species (ROS) formation.
  • ROS reactive oxygen species
  • An autosomal dominant mutation in the guinea pig zeta-crystallin gene is associated with congenital cataract formation (Huang, et al . , 1990, Exp. Eye Research 50:317- 325) .
  • the present invention relates, first, to the mammalian fsh05 gene, a novel gene encoding a protein of 363 amino acids and with an open reading frame of 1089 base pairs, that is associated with neuropsychiatric disorders in humans, e.g., schizophrenia, attention deficit disorders, schizoaffective disorders, bipolar affective disorders, and/or unipolar affective disorders; and with oxidative stress disorders; including fsh05 nucleic acids, recombinant DNA molecules, cloned genes or degenerate variants thereof.
  • the invention further relates to novel mammalian fshOS gene products and to antibodies directed against such mammalian fshOS gene products, or conserved variants or fragments thereof.
  • fsh05 nucleic acid and amino acid sequences are provided herein.
  • the invention also relates to vectors, including expression vectors, containing mammalian fshOS gene molecules, and hosts that have been genetically engineered to express such fshOS gene products.
  • the invention further relates to methods for the treatment of fshOS , neuropsychiatric or oxidative stress disorders, wherein such methods comprise administering compounds which modulate the expression of a mammalian fshOS gene and/or the synthesis or activity of a mammalian fshOS gene product so symptoms of the disorder are ameliorated.
  • the invention further relates to methods for the treatment of mammalian fsh05, neuropsychiatric, or oxidative stress disorders resulting from fsh05 gene mutations, wherein such methods comprise supplying the mammal with a nucleic acid molecule encoding an unimpaired fshOS gene product such that an unimpaired fsh05 gene product is expressed and symptoms of the disorder are ameliorated.
  • the invention further relates to methods for the treatment of mammalian fshOS , neuropsychiatric, or oxidative stress disorders resulting from fsh05 gene mutations, wherein such methods comprise supplying the mammal with a cell comprising a nucleic acid molecule that encodes an unimpaired f ⁇ h05 gene product such that the cell expresses the unimpaired fsh05 gene product and symptoms of the disorder are ameliorated.
  • the present invention is directed to methods that utilize the fsh05 gene and/or gene product sequences for the diagnostic evaluation, genetic testing and prognosis of a fshOS disorder, a neuropsychiatric disorder, or an oxidative stress disorder.
  • the invention relates to methods for diagnosing fshOS, neuropsychiatric, or oxidative stress disorders, wherein such methods comprise measuring fsh05 gene expression in a patient sample, or detecting a fshOS mutation in the genome of the mammal suspected of exhibiting such a disorder.
  • the invention still further relates to methods for identifying compounds capable of modulating the expression of the mammalian f ⁇ h05 gene and/or the synthesis or activity of the mammalian fshOS gene products, wherein such methods comprise contacting a compound to a cell that expresses a fsh05 gene, measuring the level of f ⁇ h05 gene expression, gene product expression or gene product activity, and comparing this level to the level of fshOS gene expression, gene product expression or gene product activity produced by the cell in the absence of the compound, such that if the level obtained in the presence of the compound differs from that obtained in its absence, a compound capable of modulating the expression of the mammalian fshOS gene and/or the synthesis or activity of the mammalian f ⁇ hOS gene products has been identified.
  • the invention also relates to methods for identifying a compound capable of modulating oxidative stress, wherein such methods comprise contacting a compound to a cell that expresses a f ⁇ h05 gene, measuring a level of oxidative stress expressed by the cell, and comparing the level obtained in the presence of the compound to a level of oxidative stress obtained in the absence of the compound, such that if the two levels obtained differ, a compound capable of modulating oxidative stress has been identified.
  • the invention further relates to methods for treating an oxidative stress disorder in a mammal comprising administering to the mammal a compound that modulates the synthesis, expression or activity of a mammalian f ⁇ hos gene or f ⁇ h05 gene product so that symptoms of the disorder are ameliorated.
  • f ⁇ hOS gene and/or gene products can also be utilized as markers for mapping of the region of the long arm of human chromosome 18 spanned by chromosomal markers D18S1121 and DS18S380.
  • the neuropsychiatric disorders referred to herein can include, but are not limited to, schizophrenia; attention deficit disorder; a schizoaffective disorder; a bipolar affective disorder, e .g. , severe bipolar affective (mood) disorder (BP-I) , bipolar affective (mood) disorder with hypomania and major depression (BP-II) ; schizoaffective disorder manic type (SAD-M) ; or a unipolar affective disorder e.g. , unipolar major depressive disorder (MDD) .
  • BP-I severe bipolar affective
  • BP-II bipolar affective disorder with hypomania and major depression
  • SAD-M schizoaffective disorder manic type
  • MDD unipolar major depressive disorder
  • the oxidative stress disorders referred to herein can include, but are not limited to, autoimmunity, inflammation and ischemia, head trauma, cataracts, neurological disorders such as stroke, Parkinson's disease, Alzheimer's disease, and defects in antioxidant defense mechanisms, such as mutations in oxidoreductases e .g. , mutations in Cu/Zn superoxide dismutase gene are associated with familial amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (Rosen, et al . , 1993, Nature 362:59-62) and mutations in mitochondrial cytochrome c oxidase genes segregate with late-onset Alzheimer's disease.
  • n f ⁇ h05 disorder refers to a disorder involving an aberrant level of fshOS gene expression, gene product synthesis and/or gene product activity relative to levels found in normal, unaffected, unimpaired individuals, levels found in clinically normal individuals, and/or levels found in a population whose level represents a baseline, average f ⁇ hOS level.
  • bipolar affective disorder(s) BP bipolar mood disorder
  • RT-PCR reverse transcriptase PCR SSCP
  • single-stranded conformational polymorphism SAD-M single-stranded conformational polymorphism
  • schizoaffective disorder manic type STS short tag sequence YAC
  • yeast artificial chromosome yeast artificial chromosome
  • FIGURES Figure 1 depicts fshOS nucleotide (SEQ ID NO: 3) and amino acid sequences (SEQ ID NO: 2) contained in cDNA clones FSH5-1 and FSH5-2.
  • Figure 2 depicts the nucleotide sequence of the open reading frame of the fsh05 gene (SEQ ID NO: 12) and the encoded amino acid sequence (SEQ ID NO:13).
  • Figure 3 depicts the fsh05 nucleotide sequences of exon 1 and the adjacent intron-exon border sequences (SEQ ID NO: 14) and the nucleotide sequences of exon 2 and the adjacent intron-exon border sequences (SEQ ID NO: 15).
  • Exon 1 and Exon 2 are separated by an intron of 6489 base pairs.
  • Exon 1 is 167 bp in length (as shown delineated by the brackets [].
  • One set of primers was designed to hybridize to sequences outside and flanking the exon (as shown in bold) and to amplify the whole coding region plus the intron-exon boundaries.
  • the amplification product is 325 bp including the intron-exon boundaries and the entire exon 1.
  • Exon 2 is 925 bp in length including the stop codon, but not the 3'-UTR (as shown by the brackets [])•
  • the four sets of primers are indicated in the sequence (see Table 3) amplify products that overlap with each other and cover the whole coding region of exon 2 plus the 5 ' intron-exon boundary.
  • f ⁇ h05 gene is associated with neuropsychiatric disorders such as human bipolar affective disorder (BAD) , and with oxidative stress disorders.
  • BAD bipolar affective disorder
  • f ⁇ h05 gene and gene product sequences are described in the example presented below in Section 6. This invention is based, in part, on the genetic and physical mapping of the fshOS gene to a specific, narrow portion of chromosome 18, also described in the Example presented below in Section 6.
  • fshOS gene is a novel gene associated with neuropsychiatric disorders, including BAD, and oxidative stress disorders. Nucleic acid sequences of the identified fsh05 gene are described herein. As used herein, "fshOS gene” refers to:
  • f ⁇ h05 gene may also refer to degenerate variants and/or alternate spliced variants of DNA sequences (a) through (d) .
  • a functionally equivalent to a f ⁇ h05 gene product refers to a gene product that exhibits at least one of the biological activities of an endogenous, unimpaired f ⁇ h05 gene.
  • a functionally equivalent fshOS gene product is one that, when present in an appropriate cell type, is capable of ameliorating, preventing or delaying the onset of one or more symptoms of a fshOS disorder.
  • a functionally equivalent fsh05 gene product is one that, when present in an appropriate cell type, is capable of ameliorating, preventing or delaying the onset of one or more symptoms of a neuropsychiatric disorder.
  • a functionally equivalent fsh05 gene product is one that, when present in an appropriate cell type, is capable of ameliorating, preventing or delaying the onset of one or more symptoms of a BAD, such as, for example, severe bipolar affective (mood) disorder, bipolar affective (mood) disorder with hypomania and major depression, or schizoaffective disorder manic type.
  • a functionally equivalent f ⁇ h05 gene product is one that, when present in an appropriate cell type, is capable of ameliorating, preventing or delaying the onset of one or more symptoms of an oxidative stress disorder.
  • an f ⁇ hOS gene product is one that is identified by assays, as capable, when expressed in an appropriate yeast strain, of providing the yeast host with a defense against oxidative stress (see Babiychuk, et al . , 1995, J. Biol. Chem. 270, 26224-26231).
  • an f ⁇ hOS gene product is one that is identified by assays as capable, when expressed in an appropriate bacterial strain, of providing the bacterial host with a defense against oxidative stress (Liu and Chang, 1994, Mol. and Bioc. Paras. 66:201-210; Storz, 1989, J. Bact. 171:2049-2055).
  • bacterial strains can include, but are not limited to, Lei ⁇ hmania ⁇ pp. , E ⁇ cherichia coli , and Salmonella typhimurium .
  • f ⁇ h05 sequences can include, for example either genomic DNA (gDNA) or cDNA sequences.
  • nucleic acid which encodes a given amino acid sequence
  • the nucleic acid need not only be a cDNA molecule, but can also, for example, refer to a gDNA sequence from which an mRNA species is transcribed that is processed to encode the given amino acid sequence.
  • the invention also includes nucleic acid molecules, preferably DNA molecules, that hybridize to, and are therefore the complements of, the DNA sequences (a) through (d) , in the preceding paragraph.
  • Such hybridization conditions may be highly stringent or less highly stringent, as described above.
  • highly stringent conditions may refer, e.g., to washing in 6xSSC/0.05% sodium pyrophosphate at 37°C (for 14-base oligos) , 48°C (for 17-base oligos) , 55°C (for 20-base oligos) , and 60°C (for 23-base oligos) .
  • nucleic acid molecules may encode or act as f ⁇ h05 gene antisense molecules, useful, for example, in f ⁇ h05 gene regulation (for and/or as antisense primers in amplification reactions of f ⁇ h05 gene nucleic acid sequences) .
  • f ⁇ hOS gene regulation such techniques can be used to regulate, for example, a fshOS disorder, a neuropsychiatric disorder, such as BAD, or an oxidative stress disorder.
  • sequences may be used as part of ribozyme and/or triple helix sequences, also useful for f ⁇ hOS gene regulation.
  • such molecules may be used as components of diagnostic methods whereby, for example, the presence of a particular f ⁇ hOS allele responsible for causing a fshOS disorder, a neuropsychiatric disorder such as BAD, e .g. , manic-depression, or an oxidative stress disorder, may be detected.
  • a neuropsychiatric disorder such as BAD, e .g. , manic-depression, or an oxidative stress disorder
  • the invention also encompasses:
  • DNA expression vectors that contain any of the foregoing fshOS coding sequences operatively associated with a regulatory element that directs the expression of the coding sequences; and (c) genetically engineered host cells that contain any of the foregoing fshOS coding sequences operatively associated with a regulatory element that directs the expression of the coding sequences in the host cell.
  • regulatory elements include but are not limited to inducible and non-inducible promoters, enhancers, operators and other elements known to those skilled in the art that drive and regulate expression.
  • Such regulatory elements include but are not limited to the cytomegalovirus hCMV immediate early gene, the early or late promoters of SV40 adenovirus, the lac system, the trp system, the TAC system, the TRC system, the major operator and promoter regions of phage A, the control regions of fd coat protein, the promoter for 3-phosphoglycerate kinase, the promoters of acid phosphatase, and the promoters of the yeast ⁇ -mating factors.
  • the invention further includes fragments of any of the DNA sequences disclosed herein.
  • a "fragment” refers to a f ⁇ h05 nucleic acid that encodes an amino acid sequence recognized by an antibody directed against the fshOS protein.
  • a "fragment” refers to a f ⁇ h05 nucleic acid that encodes an amino acid sequence recognized by an antibody directed against the fshOS protein.
  • fragment refers to a nucleic acid that encodes an amino acid sequence which exhibits a f ⁇ hOS biological function, as described above for f ⁇ hOS functional derivatives.
  • the f ⁇ h05 gene sequences of the invention are mammalian gene sequences, with human sequences being preferred.
  • the f ⁇ hOS gene sequences of the invention are gene sequences encoding f ⁇ hOS gene products containing polypeptide portions corresponding to (that is, polypeptide portions exhibiting amino acid sequence similarity to) the amino acid sequence depicted in Figure 2, wherein the corresponding portion exhibits greater than about 50% amino acid identity with the Figure 2 sequence.
  • the f ⁇ hOS gene sequences of the invention are gene sequences encoding f ⁇ h05 gene products containing polypeptide portions corresponding to
  • the f ⁇ hOS gene sequences of the invention are gene sequences that do not comprise the coding sequence of expressed sequence tag (EST) U55988.
  • EST expressed sequence tag
  • additional f ⁇ h05 gene sequences can be identified and readily isolated, without undue experimentation, by molecular biological techniques well known in the art, used in conjunction with the f ⁇ h05 sequences disclosed herein.
  • additional human f ⁇ h05 gene sequences at the same or at different genetic loci as those disclosed in Figure 2 can be isolated readily.
  • genes at other genetic or physical loci within the human genome that encode proteins that have extensive homology to one or more domains of the f ⁇ hOS gene product and that encode gene products functionally equivalent to a fsh05 gene product.
  • homologous fshOS gene sequences present in other species can be identified and isolated readily.
  • f ⁇ hOS gene sequences present at the same genetic or physical locus as those sequences disclosed in Figure 2 can, for example, be obtained readily by utilizing standard sequencing and bacterial artificial chromosome (BAC) technologies in connection with BAC54 (Identification Reference EpHS996, ATCC Accession No. 98363) .
  • BAC54 Identity Reference EpHS996, ATCC Accession No. 98363
  • sheared libraries can be made from
  • BAC54 Fragments of a convenient size, e .g. , in the size range of approximately 1 kb, are cloned into a standard plasmid, and sequenced. Further f ⁇ hOS sequences can then readily be identified by alignment of the BAC sequences with the fshOS sequences depicted in Figure 2. Alternatively, BAC subclones containing additional f ⁇ h05 sequences can be identified by identifying those subclones which hybridize to probes derived from the f ⁇ h05 sequences depicted in Figure 2.
  • the isolated f ⁇ h05 gene sequences disclosed herein may be labeled and used to screen a cDNA library constructed from mRNA obtained from appropriate cells or tissues (e.g., brain tissues) derived from the organism (e . g. , mouse) of interest.
  • the hybridization conditions used should be of a lower stringency when the cDNA library is derived from an organism different from the type of organism from which the labeled sequence was derived.
  • the labeled fragment may be used to screen a genomic library derived from the organism of interest, again, using appropriately stringent conditions.
  • Low stringency conditions are well known to those of skill in the art, and will vary predictably depending on the specific organisms from which the library and the labeled sequences are derived. For guidance regarding such conditions see, for example, Sambrook, et al., 1989, Molecular Cloning, A Laboratory Manual, Second Edition, Cold Spring Harbor Press, N.Y.; and Ausubel, et al . , 1989, Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, Green Publishing Associates and Wiley Interscience, N.Y.
  • a fshOS gene homologue may be isolated from, for example, human nucleic acid, by performing PCR using two degenerate oligonucleotide primer pools designed on the basis of amino acid sequences within the f ⁇ h05 gene product disclosed herein.
  • the template for the reaction may be cDNA obtained by reverse transcription of mRNA prepared from, for example, human or non-human cell lines or tissue known or suspected to express a f ⁇ hOS gene allele (such as human brain cell lines e .g.
  • the PCR product may be subcloned and sequenced to ensure that the amplified sequences represent the sequences of a f ⁇ h05 gene nucleic acid sequence.
  • the PCR fragment may then be used to isolate a full length cDNA clone by a variety of methods.
  • the amplified fragment may be labeled and used to screen a bacteriophage cDNA library.
  • the labeled fragment may be used to isolate genomic clones via the screening of a genomic library.
  • RNA may be isolated, following standard procedures, from an appropriate cellular or tissue source (i.e., one known, or suspected, to express the fshOS gene, such as, for example, blood samples or brain tissue samples obtained through biopsy or post-mortem) .
  • a reverse transcription reaction may be performed on the RNA using an oligonucleotide primer specific for the most 5' end of the amplified fragment for the priming of first strand synthesis.
  • RNA/DNA hybrid may then be "tailed" with guanines using a standard terminal transferase reaction, the hybrid may be digested with RNAa ⁇ e H, and second strand synthesis may then be primed with a poly-C primer.
  • cDNA sequences upstream of the amplified fragment may easily be isolated.
  • fsh05 gene sequences may additionally be used to isolate mutant f ⁇ h05 gene alleles.
  • mutant alleles may be isolated from individuals either known or proposed to have a genotype that contributes to the symptoms of a f ⁇ hOS disorder, a neuropsychiatric disorder such as BAD, for example, manic-depression, or an oxidative stress disorder. Mutant alleles and mutant allele products may then be utilized in the therapeutic and diagnostic systems described below. Additionally, such f ⁇ hOS gene sequences can be used to detect f ⁇ h05 gene regulatory (e.g., promoter) defects which can be associated with a f ⁇ hOS disorder, a neuropsychiatric disorder such as BAD, or an oxidative stress disorder.
  • f ⁇ hOS gene regulatory e.g., promoter
  • a cDNA of a mutant f ⁇ h05 gene may be isolated, for example, by using PCR, a technique that is well known to those of skill in the art.
  • the first cDNA strand may be synthesized by hybridizing an oligo-dT oligonucleotide to mRNA isolated from tissue known or suspected to be expressed in an individual putatively carrying the mutant f ⁇ h05 allele, and by extending the new strand with reverse transcriptase.
  • the second strand of the cDNA is then synthesized using an oligonucleotide that hybridizes specifically to the 5' end of the normal gene.
  • the product is then amplified via PCR, cloned into a suitable vector, and subjected to DNA sequence analysis through methods well known to those of skill in the art.
  • DNA sequence analysis By comparing the DNA sequence of the mutant f ⁇ hOS allele to that of the normal f ⁇ h05 allele, the mutation(s) responsible for the loss or alteration of function of the mutant f ⁇ h05 gene product can be ascertained.
  • a genomic library can be constructed using DNA obtained from an individual suspected of or known to carry a mutant f ⁇ hOS allele, or a cDNA library can be constructed using RNA from a tissue known, or suspected, to express a mutant f ⁇ hOS allele.
  • An unimpaired f ⁇ hOS gene or any suitable fragment thereof may then be labeled and used as a probe to identify the corresponding mutant f ⁇ hOS allele in such libraries.
  • Clones containing the mutant f ⁇ h05 gene sequences may then be purified and subjected to sequence analysis according to methods well known to those of skill in the art.
  • an expression library can be constructed utilizing cDNA synthesized from, for example, RNA isolated from a tissue known, or suspected, to express a mutant f ⁇ h05 allele in an individual suspected of or known to carry such a mutant allele.
  • gene products made by the putatively mutant tissue may be expressed and screened using standard antibody screening techniques in conjunction with antibodies raised against the normal f ⁇ hOS gene product, as described, below, in Section 5.3.
  • For screening techniques see, for example, Harlow and Lane, eds., 1988, "Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual", Cold Spring Harbor Press, Cold Spring Harbor.)
  • f ⁇ hOS mutation results in an expressed gene product with altered function (e.g., as a result of a missense or a fra eshift mutation)
  • a polyclonal set of anti-.fs.h05 gene product antibodies are likely to cross-react with the mutant f ⁇ h05 gene product.
  • Library clones detected via their reaction with such labeled antibodies can be purified and subjected to sequence analysis according to methods well known to those of skill in the art.
  • f ⁇ h05 mutations can further be detected using PCR amplification techniques. Primers can routinely be designed to amplify overlapping regions of the whole f ⁇ h05 sequence including the promoter region.
  • primers are designed to cover the exon-intron boundaries such that, first, coding regions can be scanned for mutations.
  • the amplification primers used are those set forth in Table 1, Section 6 below, and are used to amplify and detect mutations, if any, in Exon l and/or Exon 2 (see Section 6) .
  • Genomic DNA isolated from lymphocytes of normal and affected individuals is used as PCR template.
  • PCR products from normal and affected individuals are compared, either by single strand conformational polymorphism (SSCP) mutation detection techniques and/or by sequencing. The mutations responsible for the loss or alteration of function of the mutant f ⁇ h05 gene product can then be ascertained.
  • SSCP single strand conformational polymorphism
  • PROTEIN PRODUCTS OF THE fsh05 GENE f ⁇ hOS gene products, or peptide fragments thereof, can be prepared for a variety of uses.
  • gene products, or peptide fragments thereof can be used for the generation of antibodies, in diagnostic assays, or for the identification of other cellular or extracellular gene products involved in the regulation of a f ⁇ h05 disorder, a neuropsychiatric disorder such as BAD, or an oxidative stress disorder.
  • the amino acid sequence depicted in Figure 2 represents a f ⁇ h05 gene product.
  • the f ⁇ hOS gene product sometimes referred to herein as a "fshOS protein", includes those gene products encoded by the f ⁇ h05 gene sequences described in Section 5.1, above.
  • the present invention encompasses polypeptides and peptides with at least 70 to 75% amino acid sequence identity with the f ⁇ hOS gene product (SEQ ID NO: 13). In a preferred embodiment, the present invention encompasses polypeptides and peptides with at least 80% amino acid sequence identity with the f ⁇ h05 gene product (SEQ ID NO: 13) .
  • f ⁇ hOS gene products may include proteins that represent functionally equivalent gene products (see Section 5.1 for a definition and for assays useful in identifying such functional derivatives with no undue experimentation) .
  • Such an equivalent f ⁇ h05 gene product may contain deletions, including internal deletions, additions, including additions yielding fusion proteins, or substitutions of amino acid residues within and/or adjacent to the amino acid sequence encoded by the fshOS gene sequences described, above, in Section 5.1, but that result in a "silent" change, in that the change produces a functionally equivalent f ⁇ hOS gene product.
  • Nonpolar (hydrophobic) amino acids include alanine, leucine, isoleucine, valine, proline, phenylalanine, tryptophan, and methionine
  • polar neutral amino acids include glycine, serine, threonine, cysteine, tyrosine, asparagine, and glutamine
  • positively charged (basic) amino acids include arginine, lysine, and histidine
  • negatively charged (acidic) amino acids include aspartic acid and glutamic acid.
  • deletion or non-conservative alterations can be engineered to produce altered, including reduced f ⁇ h05 gene products.
  • Such alterations can, for example, alter one or more of the biological functions of the fshOS gene product. Further, such alterations can be selected so as to generate fsh05 gene products that are better suited for expression, scale up, etc. in the host cells chosen. For example, cysteine residues can be deleted or substituted with another amino acid residue in order to eliminate disulfide bridges.
  • the fsh05 gene products, peptide fragments thereof and fusion proteins thereof may be produced by recombinant DNA technology using techniques well known in the art.
  • fsh05 gene polypeptides, peptides, fusion peptide and fusion polypeptides of the invention by expressing nucleic acid containing fshOS gene sequences are described herein.
  • Methods that are well known to those skilled in the art can be used to construct expression vectors containing fshOS gene product coding sequences and appropriate transcriptional and translational control signals. These methods include, for example, in vitro recombinant DNA techniques, synthetic techniques, and in vivo genetic recombination. See, for example, the techniques described in Sambrook, et al . , 1989, supra , and Ausubel, et al . , 1989, supra.
  • RNA capable of encoding fsh05 gene product sequences may be chemically synthesized using, for example, synthesizers. See, for example, the techniques described in "Oligonucleotide Synthesis", 1984, Gait, ed. , IRL Press, Oxford.
  • host-expression vector systems may be utilized to express the fsh05 gene coding sequences of the invention.
  • Such host-expression systems represent vehicles by which the coding sequences of interest may be produced and subsequently purified, but also represent cells that may, when transformed or transfected with the appropriate nucleotide coding sequences, exhibit the f ⁇ h05 gene product of the invention in situ .
  • These include but are not limited to microorganisms such as bacteria (e.g., E. coli , B . ⁇ ubtili ⁇ ) transformed with recombinant bacteriophage DNA, plasmid DNA or cosmid DNA expression vectors containing f ⁇ h05 gene product coding sequences; yeast (e .g.
  • yeast expression vectors containing the f ⁇ h05 gene product coding sequences
  • insect cell systems infected with recombinant virus expression vectors e.g., baculovirus
  • recombinant virus expression vectors e.g., cauliflower mosaic virus, CaMV; tobacco mosaic virus, TMV
  • plant cell systems infected with recombinant virus expression vectors e.g., cauliflower mosaic virus, CaMV; tobacco mosaic virus, TMV
  • plasmid expression vectors e .g.
  • Ti plasmid containing fsh05 gene product coding sequences; or mammalian cell systems (e.g., COS, CHO, BHK, 293, 3T3) harboring recombinant expression constructs containing promoters derived from the genome of mammalian cells (e.g., metallothionein promoter) or from mammalian viruses (e .g. , the adenovirus late promoter; the vaccinia virus 7.5K promoter) .
  • promoters derived from the genome of mammalian cells
  • mammalian viruses e e.g. , the adenovirus late promoter; the vaccinia virus 7.5K promoter
  • a number of expression vectors may be advantageously selected depending upon the use intended for the fsh05 gene product being expressed.
  • vectors that direct the expression of high levels of fusion protein products that are readily purified may be desirable.
  • vectors include, but are not limited, to the E. coli expression vector pUR278 (Ruther et al., 1983, EMBO J. 2, 1791), in which the f ⁇ h05 gene product coding sequence may be ligated individually into the vector in frame with the lac Z coding region so that a fusion protein is produced; pIN vectors (Inouye and Inouye, 1985, Nucleic Acids Res.
  • pGEX vectors may also be used to express foreign polypeptides as fusion proteins with glutathione S-transferase (GST) .
  • GST glutathione S-transferase
  • fusion proteins are soluble and can easily be purified from lysed cells by adsorption to glutathione-agarose beads followed by elution in the presence of free glutathione.
  • the pGEX vectors are designed to include thrombin or factor Xa protease cleavage sites so that the cloned target gene product can be released from the GST moiety.
  • f ⁇ hOS gene coding sequence may be cloned individually into non-essential regions (for example the polyhedrin gene) of the virus and placed under control of an AcNPV promoter (for example the polyhedrin promoter) .
  • Successful insertion of f ⁇ hOS gene coding sequence will result in inactivation of the polyhedrin gene and production of non-occluded recombinant virus (i.e., virus lacking the proteinaceous coat coded for by the polyhedrin gene) .
  • a number of viral-based expression systems may be utilized.
  • the fshOS gene coding sequence of interest may be ligated to an adenovirus transcription/translation control complex, e .g. , the late promoter and tripartite leader sequence.
  • This chimeric gene may then be inserted in the adenovirus genome by in vitro or in vivo recombination. Insertion in a non-essential region of the viral genome (e.g., region El or E3) will result in a recombinant virus that is viable and capable of expressing f ⁇ hOS gene product in infected hosts. (e.g...
  • Specific initiation signals may also be required for efficient translation of inserted f ⁇ hOS gene product coding sequences. These signals include the ATG initiation codon and adjacent sequences. In cases where an entire f ⁇ hOS gene, including its own initiation codon and adjacent sequences, is inserted into the appropriate expression vector, no additional translational control signals may be needed. However, in cases where only a portion of the f ⁇ h05 gene coding sequence is inserted, exogenous translational control signals, including, perhaps, the ATG initiation codon, must be provided. Furthermore, the initiation codon must be in phase with the reading frame of the desired coding sequence to ensure translation of the entire insert.
  • exogenous translational control signals and initiation codons can be of a variety of origins, both natural and synthetic.
  • the efficiency of expression may be enhanced by the inclusion of appropriate transcription enhancer elements, transcription terminators, etc. (see Bittner, et al . , 1987, Methods in Enzymol. 153, 516-544).
  • a host cell strain may be chosen that modulates the expression of the inserted sequences, or modifies and processes the gene product in the specific fashion desired. Such modifications (e . g. , glycosylation) and processing (e.g., cleavage) of protein products may be important for the function of the protein.
  • Different host cells have characteristic and specific mechanisms for the post-translational processing and modification of proteins and gene products. Appropriate cell lines or host systems can be chosen to ensure the correct modification and processing of the foreign protein expressed.
  • eukaryotic host cells that possess the cellular machinery for proper processing of the primary transcript, glycosylation, and phosphorylation of the gene product may be used.
  • mammalian host cells include but are not limited to CHO, VERO, BHK, HeLa, COS, MDCK, 293, 3T3 , and WI38.
  • cell lines that stably express the f ⁇ hOS gene product may be engineered.
  • host cells can be transformed with DNA controlled by appropriate expression control elements (e.g., promoter, enhancer, sequences, transcription terminators, polyadenylation sites, etc.), and a selectable marker.
  • appropriate expression control elements e.g., promoter, enhancer, sequences, transcription terminators, polyadenylation sites, etc.
  • engineered cells may be allowed to grow for 1-2 days in an enriched media, and then are switched to a selective media.
  • the selectable marker in the recombinant plasmid confers resistance to the selection and allows cells to stably integrate the plasmid into their chromosomes and grow to form foci that in turn can be cloned and expanded into cell lines.
  • This method may advantageously be used to engineer cell lines that express the f ⁇ h05 gene product.
  • Such engineered cell lines may be particularly useful in screening and evaluation of compounds that affect the endogenous activity of the f ⁇ hOS gene product.
  • a number of selection systems may be used, including but not limited to the herpes simplex virus thymidine kinase (Wigler, et al . , 1977, Cell 11, 223), hypoxanthine-guanine phosphoribosyltransferase (Szybalska and Szybalski, 1962, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 48, 2026), and adenine phosphoribosyltransferase (Lowy, et al . , 1980, Cell 22, 817) genes can be employed in tk", hgprt" or aprt" cells, respectively.
  • antimetabolite resistance can be used as the basis of selection for the following genes: dhfr, which confers resistance to methotrexate (Wigler, et al . , 1980, Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 77, 3567; O'Hare, et al., 1981, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 78, 1527); gpt, which confers resistance to my ⁇ ophenolic acid (Mulligan and Berg, 1981, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 78, 2072); neo, which confers resistance to the a inoglycoside G-418 (Colberre-Garapin, et al . , 1981, J. Mol. Biol. 150, 1) ; and hygro, which confers resistance to hygromycin (Santerre, et al . , 1984, Gene 30, 147).
  • any fusion protein may be readily purified by utilizing an antibody specific for the fusion protein being expressed.
  • a system described by Janknecht, et al . allows for the ready purification of non- denatured fusion proteins expressed in human cell lines (Janknecht, et al . , 1991, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 88, 8972-8976).
  • the gene of interest is subcloned into a vaccinia recombination plasmid such that the gene's open reading frame is translationally fused to an amino-terminal tag consisting of six histidine residues. Extracts from cells infected with recombinant vaccinia virus are loaded onto Ni 2+ • nitriloacetic acid-agarose columns and histidine-tagged proteins are selectively eluted with imidazole-containing buffers.
  • the f ⁇ h05 gene products can also be expressed in transgenic animals.
  • Animals of any species including, but not limited to, mice, rats, rabbits, guinea pigs, pigs, micro-pigs, goats, sheep, and non-human primates, e.g., baboons, monkeys, and chimpanzees may be used to generate f ⁇ hOS transgenic animals.
  • transgenic refers to animals expressing f ⁇ hOS gene sequences from a different species (e.g., mice expressing human f ⁇ hOS sequences) , as well as animals that have been genetically engineered to overexpress endogenous (i.e., same species) f ⁇ h05 sequences or animals that have been genetically engineered to no longer express endogenous fshOS gene sequences (i.e., "knock-out” animals), and their progeny.
  • Any technique known in the art may be used to introduce an f ⁇ h05 gene transgene into animals to produce the founder lines of transgenic animals.
  • Such techniques include, but are not limited to pronuclear microinjection (Hoppe and Wagner, 1989, U.S. Pat. No. 4,873,191); retrovirus mediated gene transfer into germ lines (Van der Putten, et al . , 1985, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., USA 82, 6148-6152); gene targeting in embryonic stem cells (Thompson, et al . , 1989, Cell 56, 313-321); electroporation of embryos (Lo, 1983, Mol. Cell. Biol.
  • transgenic animal clones containing an f ⁇ h05 transgene for example, nuclear transfer into enucleated oocytes of nuclei from cultured embryonic, fetal or adult cells induced to quiescence (Campbell, et al . , 1996, Nature 380, 64-66; Wilmut, et al . , Nature 385, 810-813).
  • the present invention provides for transgenic animals that carry an f ⁇ hOS transgene in all their cells, as well as animals that carry the transgene in some, but not all their cells, i.e., mosaic animals.
  • the transgene may be integrated as a single transgene or in concatamers, e.g., head-to-head tandems or head-to-tail tandems.
  • the transgene may also be selectively introduced into and activated in a particular cell type by following, for example, the teaching of Lasko et al . (Lasko, et al . , 1992, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 89, 6232-6236).
  • f ⁇ h05 gene transgene be integrated into the chromosomal site of the endogenous f ⁇ h05 gene
  • gene targeting is preferred.
  • vectors containing some nucleotide sequences homologous to the endogenous fsh05 gene are designed for the purpose of integrating, via homologous recombination with chromosomal sequences, into and disrupting the function of the nucleotide sequence of the endogenous f ⁇ hOS gene.
  • the transgene may also be selectively introduced into a particular cell type, thus inactivating the endogenous fshOS gene in only that cell type, by following, for example, the teaching of Gu, et al. (Gu, et al . , 1994, Science 265, 103-106) .
  • the regulatory sequences required for such a cell-type specific inactivation will depend upon the particular cell type of interest, and will be apparent to those of skill in the art.
  • the expression of the recombinant f ⁇ h05 gene may be assayed utilizing standard techniques. Initial screening may be accomplished by Southern blot analysis or PCR techniques to analyze animal tissues to assay whether integration of the transgene has taken place. The level of mRNA expression of the transgene in the tissues of the transgenic animals may also be assessed using techniques that include but are not limited to Northern blot analysis of tissue samples obtained from the animal, in ⁇ itu hybridization analysis, and RT-PCR (reverse transcriptase PCR) . Samples of fsh05 gene- expressing tissue, may also be evaluated immunocytochemically using antibodies specific for the f ⁇ h05 transgene product.
  • ANTIBODIES TO fsh05 GENE PRODUCTS Described herein are methods for the production of antibodies capable of specifically recognizing one or more f ⁇ hOS gene product epitopes or epitopes of conserved variants or peptide fragments of the f ⁇ hOS gene products.
  • Such antibodies may include, but are not limited to, polyclonal antibodies, monoclonal antibodies (mAbs) , humanized or chimeric antibodies, single chain antibodies, Fab fragments, F(ab') 2 fragments, fragments produced by a Fab expression library, anti-idiotypic (anti-Id) antibodies, and epitope-binding fragments of any of the above.
  • mAbs monoclonal antibodies
  • Such antibodies may be used, for example, in the detection of a f ⁇ hOS gene product in an biological sample and may, therefore, be utilized as part of a diagnostic or prognostic technique whereby patients may be tested for abnormal levels of fsh05 gene products, and/or for the presence of abnormal forms of such gene products.
  • Such antibodies may also be utilized in conjunction with, for example, compound screening schemes, as described, below, in Section 5.8, for the evaluation of the effect of test compounds on f ⁇ hOS gene product levels and/or activity. Additionally, such antibodies can be used in conjunction with the gene therapy techniques described, below, in Section 5.9.0.2 to, for example, evaluate the normal and/or engineered fsh05- expressing cells prior to their introduction into the patient.
  • Anti-fsh05 gene product antibodies may additionally be used as a method for the inhibition of abnormal fsh05 gene product activity. Thus, such antibodies may, therefore, be utilized as part of treatment methods for an f ⁇ h05 disorder, a neuropsychiatric disorder, such as BAD, or an oxidative stress disorder.
  • various host animals may be immunized by injection with a f ⁇ hOS gene product, or a portion thereof.
  • host animals may include, but are not limited to rabbits, mice, and rats, to name but a few.
  • adjuvants may be used to increase the immunological response, depending on the host species, including but not limited to Freund's (complete and incomplete), mineral gels such as aluminum hydroxide, surface active substances such as ly ⁇ olecithin, pluronic polyols, polyanions, peptides, oil emulsions, keyhole limpet hemocyanin, dinitrophenol, and potentially useful human adjuvants such as BCG (bacille Calmette-Guerin) and Corynebacterium parvum .
  • Polyclonal antibodies are heterogeneous populations of antibody molecules derived from the sera of animals immunized with an antigen, such as a f ⁇ hOS gene product, or an antigenic functional derivative thereof.
  • an antigen such as a f ⁇ hOS gene product, or an antigenic functional derivative thereof.
  • host animals such as those described above, may be immunized by injection with fshOS gene product supplemented with adjuvants as also described above.
  • Monoclonal antibodies which are homogeneous populations of antibodies to a particular antigen, may be obtained by any technique that provides for the production of antibody molecules by continuous cell lines in culture. These include, but are not limited to, the hybridoma technique of Kohler and Milstein, (1975, Nature 256, 495-497; and U.S. Patent No. 4,376,110), the human B-cell hybridoma technique (Kosbor et al . , 1983, Immunology Today 4, 72; Cole et al . , 1983, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 80, 2026-2030), and the EBV-hybridoma technique (Cole et al., 1985, Monoclonal Antibodies And Cancer Therapy, Alan R.
  • Such antibodies may be of any immunoglobulin class including IgG, IgM, IgE, igA, IgD and any subclass thereof.
  • the hybridoma producing the mAb of this invention may be cultivated in vitro or in vivo. Production of high titers of mAbs in vivo makes this the presently preferred method of production.
  • a chimeric antibody is a molecule in which different portions are derived from different animal species, such as those having a variable region derived from a murine mAb and a human immunoglobulin constant region.
  • An immunoglobulin light or heavy chain variable region consists of a "framework" region interrupted by three hypervariable regions, referred to as complementarity determining regions (CDRs) .
  • CDRs complementarity determining regions
  • humanized antibodies are antibody molecules from non-human species having one or more CDRs from the non- human species and a framework region from a human immunoglobulin molecule.
  • techniques described for the production of single chain antibodies can be adapted to produce single chain antibodies against fshOS gene products.
  • Single chain antibodies are formed by linking the heavy and light chain fragments of the Fv region via an amino acid bridge, resulting in a single chain polypeptide.
  • Antibody fragments that recognize specific epitopes may be generated by known techniques.
  • such fragments include but are not limited to: the F(ab') 2 fragments, which can be produced by pepsin digestion of the antibody molecule and the Fab fragments, which can be generated by reducing the disulfide bridges of the F(ab') 2 fragments.
  • Fab expression libraries may be constructed (Huse, et al . , 1989, Science, 246, 1275-1281) to allow rapid and easy identification of monoclonal Fab fragments with the desired specificity. 5.4. USES OF fsh05 GENE SEQUENCES, GENE PRODUCTS. AND ANTIBODIES
  • f ⁇ hOS gene sequences f ⁇ h05 gene products, including peptide fragments and fusion proteins thereof, and of antibodies directed against f ⁇ hOS gene products and peptide fragments thereof.
  • Such applications include, for example, prognostic and diagnostic evaluation of a f ⁇ hOS disorder, a neuropsychiatric disorder, such as BAD, or an oxidative stress disorder, and the identification of subjects with a predisposition to such disorders, as described, below, in Section 5.5.
  • such applications include methods for the treatment of a f ⁇ hOS disorder, a neuropsychiatric disorder, such as BAD, or an oxidative stress disorder, as described, below, in Section 5.9, and for the identification of compounds that modulate the expression of the f ⁇ hOS gene and/or the synthesis or activity of the f ⁇ hOS gene product, as described below, in Section 5.8.
  • Such compounds can include, for example, other cellular products that are involved in mood regulation and in f ⁇ h05 disorders, neuropsychiatric disorders, such as BAD, or oxidative stress disorders. These compounds can be used, for example, in the amelioration of f ⁇ hOS disorders, neuropsychiatric disorders, such as BAD, and oxidative stress disorders.
  • a variety of methods can be employed for the diagnostic and prognostic evaluation of fshOS disorders, neuropsychiatric disorders, such as BAD, or oxidative stress disorders, and for the identification of subjects having a predisposition to such disorders.
  • Such methods may, for example, utilize reagents such as the f ⁇ h05 gene nucleotide sequences described in Sections 5.1, and antibodies directed against f ⁇ h05 gene products, including peptide fragments thereof, as described, above, in Section 5.3.
  • reagents such as the f ⁇ h05 gene nucleotide sequences described in Sections 5.1, and antibodies directed against f ⁇ h05 gene products, including peptide fragments thereof, as described, above, in Section 5.3.
  • reagents may be used, for example, for:
  • f ⁇ h05 gene nucleotide sequences can, for example, be used to diagnose an f ⁇ hOS, neuropsychiatric, or oxidative stress disorder using, for example, the techniques for f ⁇ hOS mutation detection described above in Section 5.1.
  • the methods described herein may be performed, for example, by utilizing pre-packaged diagnostic kits comprising at least one specific f ⁇ hOS gene nucleic acid or anti-.fs.h05 gene antibody reagent described herein, which may be conveniently used, e.g., in clinical settings, to diagnose patients exhibiting abnormalities of a f ⁇ hOS disorder, a neuropsychiatric disorder, such as BAD, or an oxidative stress disorder.
  • any nucleated cell can be used as a starting source for genomic nucleic acid.
  • any cell type or tissue in which the f ⁇ h05 gene is expressed may be utilized. Nucleic acid-based detection techniques are described, below, in Section 5.6.
  • Peptide detection techniques are described, below, in Section 5.7. 5.6. DETECTION OF f ⁇ hO ⁇
  • a variety of methods can be employed to screen for the presence of f ⁇ hO ⁇ mutations and to detect and/or assay levels of fshOS nucleic acid sequences.
  • Mutations within the f ⁇ hO ⁇ gene can be detected by utilizing a number of techniques. Nucleic acid from any nucleated cell can be used as the starting point for such assay techniques, and may be isolated according to standard nucleic acid preparation procedures that are well known to those of skill in the art. f ⁇ hO ⁇ nucleic acid sequences may be used in hybridization or amplification assays of biological samples to detect abnormalities involving f ⁇ hOS gene structure, including point mutations, insertions, deletions, inversions, translocations and chromosomal rearrangements. Such assays may include, but are not limited to. Southern analyses, single-stranded conformational polymorphism analyses (SSCP) , and PCR analyses.
  • SSCP single-stranded conformational polymorphism analyses
  • Diagnostic methods for the detection of fshO ⁇ gene- specific mutations can involve for example, contacting and incubating nucleic acids including recombinant DNA molecules, cloned genes or degenerate variants thereof, obtained from a sample, e.g., derived from a patient sample or other appropriate cellular source, such as lymphocytes, with one or more labeled nucleic acid reagents including recombinant DNA molecules, cloned genes or degenerate variants thereof, as described in Section 5.1, under conditions favorable for the specific annealing of these reagents to their complementary sequences within the fshO ⁇ gene.
  • the diagnostic methods of the present invention further encompass contacting and incubating nucleic acids for the detection of single nucleotide mutations or polymorphisms of the f ⁇ hO ⁇ gene.
  • the lengths of these nucleic acid reagents are at least 15 to 30 nucleotides. After incubation, all non- annealed nucleic acids are removed from the nucleic acid : f ⁇ h05 molecule hybrid. The presence of nucleic acids that have hybridized, if any such molecules exist, is then detected.
  • the nucleic acid from the cell type or tissue of interest can be immobilized, for example, to a solid support such as a membrane, or a plastic surface such as that on a microtiter plate or polystyrene beads.
  • a solid support such as a membrane, or a plastic surface such as that on a microtiter plate or polystyrene beads.
  • non- annealed, labeled nucleic acid reagents of the type described in Section 5.1 are easily removed. Detection of the remaining, annealed, labeled f ⁇ hO ⁇ nucleic acid reagents is accomplished using standard techniques well-known to those in the art.
  • fshO ⁇ gene sequences to which the nucleic acid reagents have annealed can be compared to the annealing pattern expected from a normal f ⁇ hO ⁇ gene sequence in order to determine whether a f ⁇ hO ⁇ gene mutation is present.
  • f ⁇ hO ⁇ mutations or polymorphisms can be detected by using a microassay of f ⁇ hO ⁇ nucleic acid sequences immobilized to a substrate or "gene chip" (see, e .g. Cronin, et al., 1996, Human Mutation 7:244- 255) .
  • Alternative diagnostic methods for the detection of f ⁇ hO ⁇ gene specific nucleic acid molecules, in patient samples or other appropriate cell sources may involve their amplification, e.g., by PCR (the experimental embodiment set forth in Mullis, 1987, U.S. Patent No. 4,683,202), followed by the detection of the amplified molecules using techniques well known to those of skill in the art.
  • the resulting amplified sequences can be compared to those that would be expected if the nucleic acid being amplified contained only normal copies of the f ⁇ hO ⁇ gene in order to determine whether a f ⁇ hO ⁇ gene mutation exists.
  • genotyping techniques can be performed to identify individuals carrying f ⁇ hO ⁇ gene mutations. Such techniques include, for example, the use of restriction fragment length polymorphisms (RFLPs) , which involve sequence variations in one of the recognition sites for the specific restriction enzyme used. Additionally, improved methods for analyzing DNA polymorphisms, which can be utilized for the identification of fshO ⁇ gene mutations, have been described that capitalize on the presence of variable numbers of short, tandemly repeated DNA sequences between the restriction enzyme sites. For example, Weber (U.S. Pat. No. 5,075,217) describes a DNA marker based on length polymorphisms in blocks of (dC-dA)n- (dG-dT)n short tandem repeats.
  • RFLPs restriction fragment length polymorphisms
  • the average separation of (dC-dA)n-(dG-dT)n blocks is estimated to be 30,000-60,000 bp. Markers that are so closely spaced exhibit a high frequency co-inheritance, and are extremely useful in the identification of genetic mutations, such as, for example, mutations within the fshO ⁇ gene, and the diagnosis of diseases and disorders related to f ⁇ hO ⁇ mutations. Also, Caskey et al . (U.S. Pat.No. 5,364,759) describe a DNA profiling assay for detecting short tri and tetra nucleotide repeat sequences.
  • the process includes extracting the DNA of interest, such as the f ⁇ hO ⁇ gene, amplifying the extracted DNA, and labelling the repeat sequences to form a genotypic map of the individual's DNA.
  • the level of f ⁇ hO ⁇ gene expression can also be assayed.
  • RNA from a cell type or tissue known, or suspected, to express the f ⁇ hO ⁇ gene, such as brain may be isolated and tested utilizing hybridization or PCR techniques such as are described, above.
  • the isolated cells can be derived from cell culture or from a patient.
  • the analysis of cells taken from culture may be a necessary step in the assessment of cells to be used as part of a cell-based gene therapy technique or, alternatively, to test the effect of compounds on the expression of the f ⁇ hO ⁇ gene.
  • Such analyses may reveal both quantitative and qualitative aspects of the expression pattern of the f ⁇ hO ⁇ gene, including activation or inactivation of f ⁇ hO ⁇ gene expression.
  • a cDNA molecule is synthesized from an RNA molecule of interest (e.g., by reverse transcription of the RNA molecule into cDNA) .
  • a sequence within the cDNA is then used as the template for a nucleic acid amplification reaction, such as a PCR amplification reaction, or the like.
  • the nucleic acid reagents used as synthesis initiation reagents (e.g., primers) in the reverse transcription and nucleic acid amplification steps of this method are chosen from among the f ⁇ hO ⁇ gene nucleic acid reagents described in Section 5.1.
  • the preferred lengths of such nucleic acid reagents are at least 9-30 nucleotides.
  • the nucleic acid amplification may be performed using radioactively or non-radioactively labeled nucleotides.
  • enough amplified product may be made such that the product may be visualized by standard ethidium bromide staining or by utilizing any other suitable nucleic acid staining method.
  • Nucleic acid reagents such as those described in Section 5.1 may be used as probes and/or primers for such in situ procedures (see, for example, Nuovo, G.J. , 1992, “PCR In Situ Hybridization: Protocols And Applications", Raven Press, NY).
  • Standard Northern analysis can be performed to determine the level of mRNA expression of the f ⁇ hO ⁇ gene.
  • fsh05 GENE PRODUCTS Antibodies directed against unimpaired or mutant f ⁇ hO ⁇ gene products or conserved variants or peptide fragments thereof, which are discussed, above, in Section 5.3, may also be used as diagnostics and prognostics for a f ⁇ hO ⁇ disorder, a neuropsychiatric disorder, such as BAD, or an oxidative stress disorder, as described herein. Such methods may be used to detect abnormalities in the level of f ⁇ hO ⁇ gene product synthesis or expression, or abnormalities in the structure, temporal expression, and/or physical location of fshO ⁇ gene product.
  • the antibodies and immunoassay methods described below have, for example, important in vitro applications in assessing the efficacy of treatments for f ⁇ hO ⁇ disorders, neuropsychiatric disorders, such as BAD, or oxidative stress disorders.
  • Antibodies, or fragments of antibodies, such as those described below may be used to screen potentially therapeutic compounds in vitro to determine their effects on f ⁇ hO ⁇ gene expression and f ⁇ hO ⁇ peptide production.
  • the compounds that have beneficial effects on an f ⁇ hO ⁇ disorder, a neuropsychiatric disorder, such as BAD, or an oxidative stress disorder can be identified, and a therapeutically effective dose determined.
  • In vitro immunoassays may also be used, for example, to assess the efficacy of cell-based gene therapy for an f ⁇ hO ⁇ disorder, a neuropsychiatric disorder, such as BAD, or an oxidative stress disorder.
  • Antibodies directed against f ⁇ hO ⁇ peptides may be used in vitro to determine, for example, the level of f ⁇ hO ⁇ gene expression achieved in cells genetically engineered to produce f ⁇ hO ⁇ peptides.
  • intracellular fshO ⁇ gene products such an assessment is done, preferably, using cell lysates or extracts. Such analysis will allow for a determination of the number of transformed cells necessary to achieve therapeutic efficacy in vivo, as well as optimization of the gene replacement protocol.
  • the tissue or cell type to be analyzed will generally include those that are known, or suspected, to express the fshO ⁇ gene.
  • the protein isolation methods employed herein may, for example, be such as those described in Harlow and Lane (1988, "Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual", Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, New York) .
  • the isolated cells can be derived from cell culture or from a patient.
  • the analysis of cells taken from culture may be a necessary step in the assessment of cells to be used as part of a cell-based gene therapy technique or, alternatively, to test the effect of compounds on the expression of the fshO ⁇ gene.
  • Preferred diagnostic methods for the detection of fshO ⁇ gene products or conserved variants or peptide fragments thereof may involve, for example, immunoassays wherein the fshO ⁇ gene products or conserved variants or peptide fragments are detected by their interaction with an anti-f shO ⁇ gene product-specific antibody.
  • antibodies, or fragments of antibodies, such as those described, above, in Section 5.3, useful in the present invention may be used to quantitatively or qualitatively detect the presence of f ⁇ hO ⁇ gene products or conserved variants or peptide fragments thereof.
  • This can be accomplished, for example, by immunofluorescence techniques employing a fluorescently labeled antibody (see below, this Section) coupled with light microscopic, flow cytometric, or fluorimetric detection.
  • fluorescently labeled antibody see below, this Section
  • fluorimetric detection are especially preferred for f ⁇ hO ⁇ gene products that are expressed on the cell surface.
  • the antibodies (or fragments thereof) useful in the present invention may, additionally, be employed histologically, as in immunofluorescence or immunoelectron microscopy, for in ⁇ itu detection of f ⁇ hO ⁇ gene products or conserved variants or peptide fragments thereof.
  • ⁇ itu detection may be accomplished by removing a histological specimen from a patient, and applying thereto a labeled antibody of the present invention.
  • the antibody (or fragment) is preferably applied by overlaying the labeled antibody (or fragment) onto a biological sample.
  • Immunoassays for f ⁇ hO ⁇ gene products or conserved variants or peptide fragments thereof will typically comprise incubating a sample, such as a biological fluid, a tissue extract, freshly harvested cells, or lysate ⁇ of cells, that have been incubated in cell culture, in the presence of a detectably labeled antibody capable of identifying f ⁇ hO ⁇ gene products or conserved variants or peptide fragments thereof, and detecting the bound antibody by any of a number of techniques well-known in the art.
  • the biological ⁇ ample may be brought in contact with and immobilized onto a ⁇ olid pha ⁇ e ⁇ upport or carrier such as nitrocellulose, or other solid support that i ⁇ capable of immobilizing cells, cell particles or soluble proteins.
  • a ⁇ olid pha ⁇ e ⁇ upport or carrier such as nitrocellulose, or other solid support that i ⁇ capable of immobilizing cells, cell particles or soluble proteins.
  • the ⁇ upport may then be wa ⁇ hed with ⁇ uitable buffer ⁇ followed by treatment with the detectably labeled f ⁇ hO ⁇ gene specific antibody.
  • the solid phase support may then be wa ⁇ hed with the buffer a second time to remove unbound antibody.
  • the amount of bound label on solid ⁇ upport may then be detected by conventional mean ⁇ .
  • ⁇ olid pha ⁇ e ⁇ upport or carrier i ⁇ intended any ⁇ upport capable of binding an antigen or an antibody.
  • Well- known ⁇ upport ⁇ or carrier ⁇ include gla ⁇ s, polystyrene, polypropylene, polyethylene, dextran, nylon, amylases, natural and modified cellulo ⁇ es, polyacrylamides, gabbros, and magnetite.
  • the nature of the carrier can be either soluble to some extent or insoluble for the purposes of the present invention.
  • the ⁇ upport material may have virtually any possible ⁇ tructural configuration ⁇ o long as the coupled molecule is capable of binding to an antigen or antibody.
  • the support configuration may be ⁇ pherical, as in a bead, or cylindrical, as in the in ⁇ ide ⁇ urface of a test tube, or the external surface of a rod.
  • the surface may be flat such as a sheet, test ⁇ trip, etc.
  • Preferred ⁇ upport ⁇ include poly ⁇ tyrene beads.
  • Those skilled in the art will know many other ⁇ uitable carrier ⁇ for binding antibody or antigen, or will be able to a ⁇ certain the ⁇ ame by use of routine experimentation.
  • the binding activity of a given lot of anti-fsh05 gene product antibody may be determined according to well known methods. Those skilled in the art will be able to determine operative and optimal assay conditions for each determination by employing routine experimentation.
  • EIA enzyme immunoassay
  • the enzyme which i ⁇ bound to the antibody will react with an appropriate substrate, preferably a chromogenic sub ⁇ trate, in such a manner a ⁇ to produce a chemical moiety that can be detected, for example, by ⁇ pectrophotometric, fluorimetric or by vi ⁇ ual mean ⁇ .
  • Enzyme ⁇ that can be u ⁇ ed to detectably label the antibody include, but are not limited to, malate dehydrogena ⁇ e, staphylococcal nuclease, delta-5-steroid i ⁇ omera ⁇ e, yea ⁇ t alcohol dehydrogenase, ⁇ -glycerophosphate, dehydrogena ⁇ e, trio ⁇ e pho ⁇ phate i ⁇ omera ⁇ e, horseradish peroxidase, alkaline phosphatase, asparaginase, glucose oxidase, j8-galactosidase, ribonuclease, urease, catala ⁇ e, gluco ⁇ e-6-pho ⁇ phate dehydrogena ⁇ e, glucoamylase and acetylcholinestera ⁇ e.
  • the detection can be accomplished by colorimetric methods that employ a chromogenic ⁇ ubstrate for the enzyme. Detection may also be accomplished by visual compari ⁇ on of the extent of enzymatic reaction of a ⁇ ub ⁇ trate in comparison with similarly prepared standards.
  • Detection may also be accompli ⁇ hed u ⁇ ing any of a variety of other immunoa ⁇ ay .
  • a radioimmunoa ⁇ say RIA
  • the radioactive isotope can be detected by such means as the use of a gamma counter or a scintillation counter or by autoradiography.
  • fluore ⁇ cent labeling compound fluore ⁇ cein i ⁇ othiocyanate, rhodamine, phycoerythrin, phycocyanin, allophycocyanin, o-phthaldehyde and fluore ⁇ camine.
  • the antibody can al ⁇ o be detectably labeled using fluorescence emitting metals such as 15 Eu, or others of the lanthanide repertoire ⁇ .
  • the ⁇ e metal ⁇ can be attached to the antibody using such metal chelating groups as diethylenetriaminepentacetic acid (DTPA) or ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA) .
  • DTPA diethylenetriaminepentacetic acid
  • EDTA ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid
  • the antibody al ⁇ o can be detectably labeled by coupling it to a chemilumine ⁇ cent compound. The pre ⁇ ence of the chemilumine ⁇ cent-tagged antibody is then determined by detecting the presence of luminescence that arises during the course of a chemical reaction.
  • chemilumine ⁇ cent labeling compounds are luminol, isoluminol, theromatic acridinium e ⁇ ter, imidazole, acridinium ⁇ alt and oxalate e ⁇ ter.
  • a biolumine ⁇ cent compound may be used to label the antibody of the present invention.
  • Biolumine ⁇ cence i ⁇ a type of chemiluminescence found in biological sy ⁇ tem ⁇ in which a catalytic protein increases the efficiency of the chemiluminescent reaction. The presence of a bioluminescent protein is determined by detecting the presence of lu ine ⁇ cence.
  • Important bioluminescent compounds for purpo ⁇ e ⁇ of labeling are luciferin, luciferase and aequorin.
  • f ⁇ hO ⁇ gene products can al ⁇ o be identified by assays in which expression of f ⁇ hO ⁇ in an appropriate yeast strain provides the yeast host with a defense against oxidative stress (see Babiychuk, et al . , 1995, J. Biol. Chem. 270, 26224-26231, incorporated by reference in it ⁇ entirety) .
  • f ⁇ hO ⁇ gene product ⁇ are identified by a ⁇ ay ⁇ in which expression of f ⁇ hO ⁇ in an appropriate bacterial strain provides the bacterial host with a defense against oxidative stre ⁇ (Liu and Chang, 1994, Mol. and Bioc. Paras. 66:201-210; Storz, 1989, J. Bact. 171:2049-
  • Such bacterial strains can include, but are not limited to, Lei ⁇ hmania spp. , E ⁇ cherichia coli , and Salmonella typhimurium .
  • the regulated expression in a specific embodiment, the regulated expression
  • the following as ⁇ ay ⁇ are designed to identify compounds that bind to a f ⁇ hO ⁇ gene product, intracellular proteins or portions of proteins that interact with a f ⁇ hO ⁇ gene product, compounds that interfere with the interaction
  • f ⁇ hO ⁇ gene product with intracellular proteins and compounds that modulate the activity of f ⁇ hO ⁇ gene (i.e., modulate the level of f ⁇ hO ⁇ gene expression and/or modulate the level of f ⁇ hO ⁇ gene product activity) .
  • Assays may additionally be utilized that identify compounds that bind to
  • f ⁇ hO ⁇ gene regulatory ⁇ equences e.g., promoter sequence ⁇ ; see e .g. , Platt, 1994, J. Biol. Chem. 269, 28558-28562
  • Compound ⁇ may include, but are not limited to, small organic molecules, such as one ⁇ that are able to cro ⁇ the blood- brain barrier, gain entry into an appropriate cell and affect expres ⁇ ion of the f ⁇ hO ⁇ gene or some other gene involved in a fshO ⁇ regulatory pathway, or intracellular proteins. Methods for the identification of ⁇ uch intracellular protein ⁇ are described, below, in Section 5.8.2.
  • Such intracellular proteins may be involved in the control and/or regulation of mood.
  • compound ⁇ that affect the level of fshO ⁇ gene expression and/or f ⁇ hO ⁇ gene product activity and that can be used in the therapeutic treatment of fshO ⁇ disorders, ,neuropsychiatric disorders such as BAD, or oxidative stress disorder ⁇ , a ⁇ described, below, in Section 5.9.
  • Compound ⁇ may include, but are not limited to, peptide ⁇ ⁇ uch a ⁇ , for example, soluble peptide ⁇ , including but not limited to, Ig-tailed fu ⁇ ion peptide ⁇ , and member ⁇ of random peptide librarie ⁇ ; (see, e .g. , Lam, et al . , 1991, Nature 354, 82-84; Houghten, et al . , 1991, Nature 354, 84- 86) , and combinatorial chemistry-derived molecular library made of D- and/or L- configuration amino acid ⁇ , phosphopeptides (including, but not limited to members of random or partially degenerate, directed phosphopeptide libraries; see, e .g.
  • antibodies including, but not limited to, polyclonal, monoclonal, humanized, anti-idiotypic, chimeric or ⁇ ingle chain antibodie ⁇ , and FAb, F(ab') 2 and FAb expression library fragment ⁇ , and epitope-binding fragment ⁇ thereof) , and ⁇ mall organic or inorganic molecules.
  • Such compound ⁇ may further compri ⁇ e compound ⁇ , in particular drugs or member ⁇ of classes or families of drugs, known to ameliorate or exacerbate the symptoms of a neuropsychiatric disorder ⁇ uch a ⁇ BAD.
  • antidepressants such as lithium salts, carbamazepine, valproic acid, lysergic acid diethylamide (LSD) , p- chlorophenylalanine, p-propyldopacetamide dithiocarbamate derivatives e .g. , FLA 63; anti-anxiety drugs, e.g., diazepam; monoamine oxidase (MAO) inhibitors, e .g.
  • MAO monoamine oxidase
  • biogenic amine uptake blockers e.g., tricyclic antidepressants such as desipra ine, imipramine and amitriptyline
  • serotonin reuptake inhibitors e.g., fluoxetine
  • antip ⁇ ychotic drug ⁇ such as phenothiazine derivatives (e.g., chlorpromazine (thorazine) and trifluopromazine) ) , butyrophenones (e.g., haloperidol (Haldol) ) , thioxanthene derivatives (e.g., chlorprothixene) , and dibenzodiazepines (e .g.
  • clozapine benzodiazepine ⁇
  • dopaminergic agoni ⁇ ts and antagonists e.g., L-DOPA, cocaine, amphetamine, ⁇ -methyl-tyrosine, re ⁇ erpine, tetrabenazine, benzotropine, pargyline
  • noradrenergic agoni ⁇ t ⁇ and antagoni ⁇ t ⁇ e.g., clonidine, phenoxybenzamine, phentolamine, tropolone.
  • Compounds identified via assays ⁇ uch as those described herein may be useful, for example, in elaborating the biological function of the f ⁇ hO ⁇ gene product, and for ameliorating f ⁇ hO ⁇ disorders, neurop ⁇ ychiatric disorders, such a ⁇ BAD, or oxidative stress disorders.
  • Assays for testing the effectivene ⁇ s of compounds identified by, for example, techniques such as those described in Sections 5.8.1 - 5.8.3, are discussed, below, in Section 5.8.4.
  • Test compounds that modulate activity of f ⁇ hO ⁇ gene products can be identified by as ⁇ ay ⁇ in which expression of f ⁇ hO ⁇ in an appropriate yeast strain provides the yeast host with a defense against oxidative stress (see Babiychuk, et al., 1995, J. Biol. Chem. 270, 26224-26231, incorporated by reference in its entirety) , and in which addition of the te ⁇ t compound to the a ⁇ say modulates (i.e., either increases or decreases) the amount of protection conferred by f ⁇ hO ⁇ expression.
  • the as ⁇ ay ⁇ of the present invention are preferably carried out in mammalian ⁇ ystems. Yeast growth is mea ⁇ ured and u ⁇ ed to quantitate the degree of protection, if any, that varying levels of expressed fshO ⁇ , in the presence of varying levels of the test compound, provide to yeast cells.
  • test compounds that modulate activity of f ⁇ hO ⁇ gene products are identified by a ⁇ ay ⁇ in which expre ⁇ sion of f ⁇ hO ⁇ in an appropriate bacterial strain provide ⁇ the bacterial ho ⁇ t with a defen ⁇ e again ⁇ t oxidative stress (Liu and Chang, 1994, Mol. and Bioc. Paras. 66:201- 210; Storz, 1989, J. Bact. 171:2049-2055; each of which is incorporated by reference in its entirety) , and in which addition of the test compound to the assay modulates (i.e., either increases or decrease ⁇ ) the amount of protection conferred by f ⁇ hO ⁇ expression.
  • Bacterial growth is mea ⁇ ured and used to quantitate the degree of protection, if any, that varying level ⁇ of expre ⁇ ed f ⁇ hO ⁇ , in the pre ⁇ ence of varying level ⁇ of the te ⁇ t compound, provide to bacterial cells.
  • Such bacterial ⁇ train ⁇ can include, but are not limited to, Lei ⁇ hmania ⁇ pp. , E ⁇ cherichia coli , and Salmonella typhimurium .
  • Compound ⁇ that may be identified may include, but are not limited to, drug ⁇ or members of classes or families of drugs known to ameliorate or exacerbate the symptoms of oxidative stre ⁇ disorder.
  • Such compounds include reduced glutathione (GSH) , glutathione precursor ⁇ , e .g.
  • N- acetylcy ⁇ teine N- acetylcy ⁇ teine
  • antioxidant ⁇ e.g., vitamins E and C, beta carotene and quinones
  • inhibitor ⁇ of lipid membrane peroxidation e.g., 21-amino ⁇ teroid U74006F (tirilazad mesylate) , and lazaroids
  • antioxidants ⁇ uch a ⁇ mazindol; dizocilpine maleate; selegiline; ⁇ ulfhydryl ⁇ N-acetyleysteine and cysteamine; dimethylthiourea
  • EUK-8 a ⁇ ynthetic, low molecular ⁇ alen-mangane ⁇ e complex
  • ⁇ ynthetic manganese-based metalloprotein superoxide di ⁇ muta ⁇ e mimic SC52608
  • free radical scavengers or suppres ⁇ or ⁇ e.g., pegorgotein, tocotrienol, tocopherol, M
  • a te ⁇ t compound added to the assay increases the expression of f ⁇ hO ⁇ in E. coli and increases the protection of the cell ⁇ from oxidative ⁇ tre ⁇ s.
  • a te ⁇ t compound added to the assay decrease ⁇ the expre ⁇ ion of fshO ⁇ in E. coli and decreases the protection of the cells from oxidative ⁇ tre ⁇ .
  • In vitro ⁇ y ⁇ tem ⁇ may be designed to identify compound ⁇ capable of binding the f ⁇ hO ⁇ gene products of the invention.
  • Compound ⁇ identified may be useful, for example, in modulating the activity of unimpaired and/or mutant f ⁇ hO ⁇ gene products, may be useful in elaborating the biological function of the f ⁇ hO ⁇ gene product, may be utilized in ⁇ creens for identifying compounds that disrupt normal f ⁇ hO ⁇ gene product interactions, or may in themselves disrupt such interactions.
  • the principle of the assays used to identify compounds that bind to the f ⁇ hO ⁇ gene product involves preparing a reaction mixture of the f ⁇ hO ⁇ gene product and the te ⁇ t compound under conditions and for a time sufficient to allow the two components to interact and bind, thus forming a complex that can be removed and/or detected in the reaction mixture.
  • These as ⁇ ays can be conducted in a variety of ways. For example, one method to conduct such an assay would involve anchoring f ⁇ hO ⁇ gene product or the test substance onto a solid pha ⁇ e and detecting f ⁇ hO ⁇ gene product/te ⁇ t compound complexe ⁇ anchored on the ⁇ olid pha ⁇ e at the end of the reaction.
  • the f ⁇ hO ⁇ gene product may be anchored onto a solid ⁇ urface, and the test compound, which is not anchored, may be labeled, either directly or indirectly.
  • microtiter plates may conveniently be utilized as the solid phase.
  • the anchored component may be immobilized by non-covalent or covalent attachments. Non- covalent attachment may be accomplished by simply coating the solid surface with a solution of the protein and drying.
  • an immobilized antibody preferably a monoclonal antibody, specific for the protein to be immobilized may be used to anchor the protein to the ⁇ olid surface.
  • the surfaces may be prepared in advance and stored.
  • the non-immobilized component is added to the coated surface containing the anchored component. After the reaction is complete, unreacted components are removed (e.g., by washing) under conditions such that any complexes formed will remain immobilized on the ⁇ olid ⁇ urface.
  • the detection of complexes anchored on the solid surface can be accomplished in a number of ways. Where the previou ⁇ ly non-immobilized component i ⁇ pre-labeled, the detection of label immobilized on the ⁇ urface indicates that complexe ⁇ were formed.
  • an indirect label can be used to detect complexes anchored on the surface; e.g., using a labeled antibody ⁇ pecific for the previou ⁇ ly non-immobilized component (the antibody, in turn, may be directly labeled or indirectly labeled with a labeled anti-Ig antibody) .
  • a reaction can be conducted in a liquid pha ⁇ e, the reaction product ⁇ ⁇ eparated from unreacted components, and complexes detected; e.g., using an immobilized antibody specific for f ⁇ hO ⁇ gene product or the te ⁇ t compound to anchor any complexe ⁇ formed in ⁇ olution, and a labeled antibody specific for the other component of the po ⁇ ible complex to detect anchored complexe ⁇ . 5.8.3. ASSAYS FOR INTRACELLULAR PROTEINS THAT INTERACT WITH fshO ⁇ GENE PRODUCTS
  • Any method suitable for detecting protein-protein interactions may be employed for identifying fshO ⁇ protein- protein interactions.
  • a portion of the amino acid sequence of a protein that interact ⁇ with the f ⁇ hO ⁇ gene product can be a ⁇ certained u ⁇ ing technique ⁇ well known to tho ⁇ e of ⁇ kill in the art, ⁇ uch a ⁇ via the Edman degradation technique (see, e .g. , Creighton, 1983, "Protein ⁇ : Structures and Molecular Principles," W.H. Freeman & Co., N.Y., pp.34-49).
  • the amino acid ⁇ equence obtained may be u ⁇ ed a ⁇ a guide for the generation of oligonucleotide mixture ⁇ that can be u ⁇ ed to ⁇ creen for gene ⁇ equence ⁇ encoding ⁇ uch protein ⁇ . Screening made be ac ⁇ ompli ⁇ hed, for example, by standard hybridization or PCR techniques. Technique ⁇ for the generation of oligonucleotide mixtures and the screening are well-known. (See, e.g., Ausubel, ⁇ upra , and 1990, "PCR Protocol ⁇ : A Guide to Methods and Applications," Innis, et al . , ed ⁇ . Academic Pre ⁇ s, Inc., New York).
  • methods may be employed that re ⁇ ult in the ⁇ imultaneou ⁇ identification of gene ⁇ that encode the a protein which interact ⁇ with an f ⁇ hO ⁇ protein.
  • the ⁇ e method ⁇ include, for example, probing expression libraries with labeled f ⁇ hO ⁇ protein, u ⁇ ing f ⁇ hO ⁇ protein in a manner ⁇ imilar to the well known technique of antibody probing of ⁇ gtll libraries.
  • plasmids are constructed that encode two hybrid proteins: one consi ⁇ ts of the DNA-binding domain of a transcription activator protein fused to the f ⁇ hO ⁇ gene product and the other consists of the transcription activator protein' ⁇ activation domain fused to an unknown protein that is encoded by a cDNA that has been recombined into this plasmid a ⁇ part of a cDNA library.
  • the DNA-binding domain fusion plasmid and the cDNA library are tran ⁇ formed into a strain of the yeast Saccharomyce ⁇ cerevi ⁇ iae that contains a reporter gene (e .g.
  • the two-hybrid ⁇ y ⁇ tem or related methodology may be u ⁇ ed to ⁇ creen activation domain librarie ⁇ for protein ⁇ that interact with the "bait" gene product.
  • f ⁇ hO ⁇ gene product ⁇ may be u ⁇ ed a ⁇ the bait gene product.
  • Total genomic or cDNA sequences are fused to the DNA encoding an activation domain.
  • Thi ⁇ library and a pla ⁇ mid encoding a hybrid of a bait f ⁇ hO ⁇ gene product fu ⁇ ed to the DNA-binding domain are co-tran ⁇ formed into a yea ⁇ t reporter ⁇ train, and the re ⁇ ulting tran ⁇ formant ⁇ are ⁇ creened for tho ⁇ e that express the reporter gene.
  • a bait fshO ⁇ gene sequence ⁇ uch a ⁇ the open reading frame of the fshO ⁇ gene SEQ ID NO: 8
  • colonie ⁇ are purified and the library pla ⁇ mid ⁇ responsible for reporter gene expression are isolated. DNA sequencing is then used to identify the proteins encoded by the library plasmids.
  • a cDNA library of the cell line from which proteins that interact with bait fshO ⁇ gene product are to be detected can be made u ⁇ ing methods routinely practiced in the art.
  • the cDNA fragment ⁇ can be in ⁇ erted into a vector ⁇ uch that they are tran ⁇ lationally fu ⁇ ed to the tran ⁇ criptional activation domain of GAL4.
  • Thi ⁇ library can be co-transformed along with the bait f ⁇ hO ⁇ gene-GAL4 fusion plasmid into a yea ⁇ t ⁇ train that contains a lacZ gene driven by a promoter that contains GAL4 activation sequence.
  • a cDNA encoded protein, fu ⁇ ed to GAL4 tran ⁇ riptional activation domain, that interact ⁇ with bait f ⁇ hO ⁇ gene product will reconstitute an active GAL4 protein and thereby drive expression of the HIS3 gene.
  • Colonies that express HIS3 can be detected by their growth on petri dishe ⁇ containing ⁇ emi- ⁇ olid agar based media lacking histidine.
  • the cDNA can then be purified from the ⁇ e ⁇ train ⁇ , and u ⁇ ed to produce and i ⁇ olate the bait f ⁇ hO ⁇ gene-interacting protein using technique ⁇ routinely practiced in the art.
  • ASSAYS FOR COMPOUNDS THAT INTERFERE WITH fshO ⁇ GENE PRODUCT MACROMOLECULE INTERACTION fshO ⁇ gene product ⁇ of the invention may, in vivo, interact with one or more macromolecules, including intracellular macromolecules, such as proteins.
  • macromolecules may include, but are not limited to, nucleic acid molecules and tho ⁇ e protein ⁇ identified via method ⁇ ⁇ uch a ⁇ tho ⁇ e de ⁇ cribed, above, in Sections 5.8.1 - 5.8.2.
  • binding partners are referred to herein as "binding partners" .
  • Compounds that disrupt f ⁇ hO ⁇ binding in this way may be useful in regulating the activity of the f ⁇ hO ⁇ gene product, e ⁇ pecially mutant f ⁇ hO ⁇ gene products.
  • Such compounds may include, but are not limited to molecules such as peptides, and the like, as described, for example, in Section 5.8.2 above, which would be capable of gaining access to an f ⁇ hO ⁇ gene product.
  • the basic principle of the assay systems used to identify compounds that interfere with the interaction between the fshO ⁇ gene product and it ⁇ binding partner or partner ⁇ involve ⁇ preparing a reaction mixture containing the fshO ⁇ gene product, and the binding partner under condition ⁇ and for a time sufficient to allow the two to interact and bind, thus forming a complex.
  • the reaction mixture i ⁇ prepared in the pre ⁇ ence and absence of the test compound.
  • the test compound may be initially included in the reaction mixture, or may be added at a time subsequent to the addition of fshO ⁇ gene product and its binding partner.
  • Control reaction mixtures are incubated without the te ⁇ t compound or with a placebo.
  • the formation of any complexe ⁇ between the f ⁇ hO ⁇ gene protein and the binding partner is then detected.
  • the formation of a complex in the control reaction, but not in the reaction mixture containing the test compound indicate ⁇ that the compound interferes with the interaction of the f ⁇ hO ⁇ gene protein and the interactive binding partner.
  • complex formation within reaction mixtures containing the test compound and normal f ⁇ hO ⁇ gene protein may also be compared to complex formation within reaction mixtures containing the test compound and a mutant f ⁇ hO ⁇ gene protein.
  • Thi ⁇ compari ⁇ on may be important in tho ⁇ e cases wherein it is desirable to identify compound ⁇ that di ⁇ rupt interaction ⁇ of mutant but not normal fshO ⁇ gene protein ⁇ .
  • the a ⁇ say for compounds that interfere with the interaction of the f ⁇ hO ⁇ gene product ⁇ and binding partner ⁇ can be conducted in a heterogeneous or homogeneous format.
  • Heterogeneou ⁇ assays involve anchoring either the f ⁇ hO ⁇ gene product or the binding partner onto a solid pha ⁇ e and detecting complexe ⁇ anchored on the ⁇ olid pha ⁇ e at the end of the reaction. In homogeneous assays, the entire reaction i ⁇ carried out in a liquid phase. In either approach, the order of addition of reactants can be varied to obtain different information about the compounds being tested.
  • test compounds that interfere with the interaction between the fshO ⁇ gene products and the binding partners can be identified by conducting the reaction in the presence of the test substance; i.e., by adding the test sub ⁇ tance to the reaction mixture prior to or simultaneously with the f ⁇ hO ⁇ gene protein and interactive intracellular binding partner.
  • test compounds that disrupt preformed complexes e.g. , compounds with higher binding constants that displace one of the components from the complex, can be te ⁇ ted by adding the te ⁇ t compound to the reaction mixture after complexes have been formed.
  • the various formats are de ⁇ cribed briefly below.
  • a heterogeneou ⁇ a ⁇ ay ⁇ ystem either the f ⁇ hO ⁇ gene product or the interactive binding partner, is anchored onto a solid surface, while the non-anchored specie ⁇ is labeled, either directly or indirectly.
  • microtiter plates are conveniently utilized.
  • the anchored species may be immobilized by non-covalent or covalent attachments. Non-covalent attachment may be accompli ⁇ hed simply by coating the solid surface with a solution of the fshO ⁇ gene product or binding partner and drying.
  • an immobilized antibody ⁇ pecific for the species to be anchored may be used to anchor the specie ⁇ to the ⁇ olid ⁇ urface.
  • the surfaces may be prepared in advance and stored.
  • the partner of the immobilized species is expo ⁇ ed to the coated surface with or without the test compound.
  • unreacted component ⁇ are removed (e.g., by wa ⁇ hing) and any complexes formed will remain immobilized on the solid surface.
  • the detection of complexes anchored on the solid surface can be accomplished in a number of ways. Where the non-immobilized ⁇ pecies is pre-labeled, the detection of label immobilized on the surface indicates that complexe ⁇ were formed.
  • an indirect label can be used to detect complexe ⁇ anchored on the surface; e.g., using a labeled antibody specific for the initially non-immobilized species (the antibody, in turn, may be directly labeled or indirectly labeled with a labeled anti-Ig antibody) .
  • the antibody in turn, may be directly labeled or indirectly labeled with a labeled anti-Ig antibody
  • te ⁇ t compound ⁇ that inhibit complex formation or that disrupt preformed complexe ⁇ can be detected.
  • the reaction can be conducted in a liquid phase in the presence or absence of the test compound, the reaction product ⁇ separated from unreacted component ⁇ , and complexe ⁇ detected; e.g., u ⁇ ing an immobilized antibody specific for one of the binding component ⁇ to anchor any complexes formed in solution, and a labeled antibody specific for the other partner to detect anchored complexes.
  • test compounds that inhibit complex or that disrupt preformed complexes can be identified.
  • a homogeneous a ⁇ ay can be u ⁇ ed.
  • thi ⁇ approach a preformed complex of the f ⁇ hO ⁇ gene protein and the interactive binding partner i ⁇ prepared in which either the f ⁇ hO ⁇ gene product or its binding partners i ⁇ labeled, but the ⁇ ignal generated by the label is quenched due to complex formation (see, e.g., U.S. Patent No. 4,109,496 by Ruben ⁇ tein which utilize ⁇ thi ⁇ approach for immunoassays) .
  • the addition of a test substance that competes with and displace ⁇ one of the ⁇ pecies from the preformed complex will result in the generation of a signal above background.
  • test substances that di ⁇ rupt fshO ⁇ gene protein/binding partner interaction can be identified.
  • the fshO ⁇ gene product can be prepared for immobilization u ⁇ ing recombinant DNA technique ⁇ de ⁇ cribed in Section 5.2. above.
  • the fshO ⁇ coding region can be fu ⁇ ed to a glutathione-S- tran ⁇ fera ⁇ e (GST) gene u ⁇ ing a fu ⁇ ion vector, ⁇ uch a ⁇ pGEX- 5X-1, in such a manner that its binding activity is maintained in the resulting fusion protein.
  • GST glutathione-S- tran ⁇ fera ⁇ e
  • the interactive binding partner can be purified and used to raise a monoclonal antibody, using methods routinely practiced in the art and described above, in Section 5.3.
  • This antibody can be labeled with the radioactive isotope 125 I, for example, by methods routinely practiced in the art.
  • the GST-fsh05 fusion protein can be anchored to glutathione-agarose beads.
  • the interactive binding partner can then be added in the presence or absence of the test compound in a manner that allows interaction and binding to occur.
  • unbound material can be washed away, and the labeled monoclonal antibody can be added to the system and allowed to bind to the complexed component ⁇ .
  • the interaction between the fshO ⁇ gene protein and the interactive binding partner can be detected by measuring the amount of radioactivity that remains as ⁇ ociated with the glutathione-agaro ⁇ e beads. A successful inhibition of the interaction by the test compound will re ⁇ ult in a decrea ⁇ e in mea ⁇ ured radioactivity.
  • the GST-f ⁇ hO ⁇ gene fu ⁇ ion protein and the interactive binding partner can be mixed together in liquid in the ab ⁇ ence of the ⁇ olid glutathione-agaro ⁇ e bead ⁇ .
  • the test compound can be added either during or after the species are allowed to interact. This mixture can then be added to the glutathione-agarose beads and unbound material is wa ⁇ hed away. Again the extent of inhibition of the f ⁇ hO ⁇ gene product/binding partner interaction can be detected by adding the labeled antibody and mea ⁇ uring the radioactivity a ⁇ ociated with the bead ⁇ .
  • the ⁇ e ⁇ ame techniques can be employed using peptide fragment ⁇ that corre ⁇ pond to the binding domain ⁇ of the f ⁇ hO ⁇ protein and/or the interactive or binding partner (in cases where the binding partner i ⁇ a protein) , in place of one or both of the full length protein ⁇ .
  • Any number of method ⁇ routinely practiced in the art can be u ⁇ ed to identify and isolate the binding site ⁇ . These methods include, but are not limited to, mutagenesis of the gene encoding one of the proteins and screening for disruption of binding in a co- immunoprecipitation assay. Compensating mutations in the gene encoding the second species in the complex can then be selected.
  • Sequence analysis of the genes encoding the respective proteins will reveal the mutations that correspond to the region of the protein involved in interactive binding.
  • one protein can be anchored to a solid surface using methods described in thi ⁇ Section above, and allowed to interact with and bind to it ⁇ labeled binding partner, which has been treated with a proteolytic enzyme, such a ⁇ trypsin. After washing, a short, labeled peptide comprising the binding domain may remain associated with the solid material, which can be isolated and identified by amino acid sequencing.
  • the gene coding for the segments can be engineered to express peptide fragments of the protein, which can then be te ⁇ ted for binding activity and purified or ⁇ ynthesized.
  • a f ⁇ hO ⁇ gene product can be anchored to a ⁇ olid material a ⁇ described, above, in this Section by making a GST-f ⁇ hO ⁇ fusion protein and allowing it to bind to glutathione agarose beads.
  • the interactive binding partner obtained can be labeled with a radioactive isotope, such a ⁇ 35 S, and cleaved with a proteolytic enzyme ⁇ uch a ⁇ tryp ⁇ in. Cleavage product ⁇ can then be added to the anchored GST-fsh05 fu ⁇ ion protein and allowed to bind.
  • Compounds including but not limited to binding compounds identified via assay techniques ⁇ uch a ⁇ tho ⁇ e de ⁇ cribed, above, in Sections 5.8.1 - 5.8.4, can be tested for the ability to ameliorate symptom ⁇ of a fshO ⁇ di ⁇ order or a disorder of thought and/or mood, including thought disorders such a ⁇ ⁇ chizophrenia, ⁇ chizotypal personality disorder; psychosis; mood disorders, such as schizoaffective disorders (e .g.
  • schizoaffective disorder manic type SAD-M
  • bipolar affective (mood) disorders such as ⁇ evere bipolar affective (mood) di ⁇ order (BP-I) , bipolar affective (mood) disorder with hypomania and major depression (BP-II)
  • unipolar affective di ⁇ orders ⁇ uch a ⁇ unipolar major depressive disorder (MDD) , dy ⁇ thymic di ⁇ order
  • obsessive- compulsive disorder ⁇ phobia ⁇ , e.g., agoraphobia; panic di ⁇ orders; generalized anxiety disorder ⁇ ; ⁇ omatization di ⁇ orders and hypochondriasi ⁇ ; and attention deficit disorders.
  • a compound that ameliorates symptoms of an f ⁇ hO ⁇ disorder decreases or ameliorates the effects of tissue damage, owing to the accumulation of oxidative stre ⁇ , in a condition, including, but not limited to autoimmunity, inflammation, ischemia, head trauma, cataracts, and neurological di ⁇ orders such as stroke, Parkinson's disea ⁇ e and Alzheimer ' ⁇ disease.
  • the as ⁇ ays described herein can identify compounds that affect f ⁇ hO ⁇ gene activity by either affecting f ⁇ hO ⁇ gene expre ⁇ ion or by affecting the level of fshO ⁇ gene product activity.
  • compound ⁇ may be identified that are involved in another step in the pathway in which the f ⁇ hO ⁇ gene and/or f ⁇ hO ⁇ gene product i ⁇ involved and, by affecting this same pathway may modulate the effect of f ⁇ hO ⁇ on the development of a neuropsychiatric di ⁇ order ⁇ uch a ⁇ BAD, or an oxidative ⁇ tre ⁇ di ⁇ order
  • Such compounds can be used as part of a therapeutic method for the treatment of the disorder.
  • Described below are cell-based and animal model- based assays for the identi ication of compounds exhibiting such an ability to ameliorate symptoms of a fshO ⁇ disorder, a neuropsychiatric disorder, such as BAD, or an oxidative stres ⁇ disorder.
  • cell-based sy ⁇ tem ⁇ can be u ⁇ ed to identify compound ⁇ that may act to ameliorate symptoms of a fshO ⁇ disorder, a neuropsychiatric disorder, such as BAD, or an oxidative stre ⁇ di ⁇ order.
  • Such cell ⁇ y ⁇ tems can include, for example, recombinant or non-recombinant cell, such as cell line ⁇ , that expre ⁇ the f ⁇ hO ⁇ gene.
  • cell ⁇ that express fshO ⁇ may be exposed to a compound ⁇ u ⁇ pected of exhibiting an ability to ameliorate symptoms of a fshO ⁇ disorder, a neuropsychiatric disorder, such as BAD, or an oxidative ⁇ tre ⁇ di ⁇ order, at a sufficient concentration and for a sufficient time to elicit such an amelioration of such symptom ⁇ in the exposed cells.
  • a neuropsychiatric disorder such as BAD
  • an oxidative ⁇ tre ⁇ di ⁇ order at a sufficient concentration and for a sufficient time to elicit such an amelioration of such symptom ⁇ in the exposed cells.
  • the cells can be assayed to measure alterations in the expression of the fshO ⁇ gene, e.g., by assaying cell lysate ⁇ for fshO ⁇ mRNA tran ⁇ cript ⁇ (e.g., by Northern analy ⁇ i ⁇ ) or for f ⁇ hO ⁇ gene product ⁇ expre ⁇ ed by the cell; compound ⁇ that modulate expre ⁇ ion of the fshO ⁇ gene are good candidates as therapeutics.
  • the cells are examined to determine whether one or more cellular phenotype ⁇ a ⁇ ociated with an f ⁇ hO ⁇ disorder, a neuropsychiatric di ⁇ order, ⁇ uch a ⁇ BAD, or an oxidative ⁇ tre ⁇ di ⁇ order, has been altered to re ⁇ emble a more normal or unimpaired, unaffected phenotype, or a phenotype more likely to produce a lower incidence or severity of disorder symptom ⁇ .
  • animal-ba ⁇ ed ⁇ ystems or models for a fshO ⁇ di ⁇ order, a neurop ⁇ ychiatric di ⁇ order, ⁇ uch a ⁇ BAD, or an oxidative ⁇ tre ⁇ di ⁇ order may be u ⁇ ed to identify compound ⁇ capable of ameliorating ⁇ ymptom ⁇ of the di ⁇ order.
  • animal model ⁇ may be used as test substrate ⁇ for the identification of drug ⁇ , pharmaceuticals, therapies and interventions that may be effective in treating such disorder ⁇ .
  • animal model ⁇ may be expo ⁇ ed to a compound ⁇ uspected of exhibiting 5 an ability to ameliorate symptoms, at a sufficient concentration and for a sufficient time to elicit such an amelioration of symptom ⁇ of a fshO ⁇ di ⁇ order, a neurop ⁇ ychiatric disorder, such as BAD, or an oxidative ⁇ tre ⁇ disorder, in the exposed animals.
  • a neurop ⁇ ychiatric disorder such as BAD
  • an oxidative ⁇ tre ⁇ disorder in the exposed animals.
  • 10 animal ⁇ to the exposure may be monitored by assessing the reversal of such symptoms.
  • test agents 15 stres ⁇ di ⁇ order, ⁇ hould be con ⁇ idered a ⁇ candidate ⁇ for human therapeutic intervention in ⁇ uch a di ⁇ order.
  • Dosages of test agents may be determined by deriving dose-re ⁇ pon ⁇ e curve ⁇ , a ⁇ discussed in Section 5.10.1, below.
  • f ⁇ hO ⁇ disorder a disorder of thought and/or mood, such as BAD, or an oxidative stre ⁇ di ⁇ order, may be treated.
  • ⁇ uch method ⁇ can compri ⁇ e administering compounds which modulate the expression of a mammalian fshO ⁇ gene and/or the synthe ⁇ i ⁇ or activity of a mammalian fshO ⁇ gene product ⁇ o ⁇ ymptoms of the disorder are 3 _0_ ameliorated.
  • ⁇ uch method ⁇ can comprise ⁇ upplying the mammal with a nucleic acid molecule encoding an unimpaired f ⁇ hO ⁇ gene product ⁇ uch that an unimpaired fshO ⁇ gene product i ⁇ expre ⁇ ed and ⁇ ymptom ⁇ of the disorder are ameliorated.
  • such methods can comprise supplying the mammal with a cell comprising a nucleic acid molecule that encodes an unimpaired f ⁇ hO ⁇ gene product such that the cell expresses the unimpaired fshO ⁇ gene product and symptom ⁇ of the di ⁇ order are ameliorated.
  • fshO ⁇ gene product activity would facilitate progre ⁇ toward ⁇ an asymptomatic state in individuals exhibiting a deficient level of fshO ⁇ gene expression and/or fshO ⁇ gene product activity.
  • Methods for enhancing the expres ⁇ ion or synthesis of f ⁇ hO ⁇ can include, for example, methods such as those described below, in Section 5.9.2.
  • symptom ⁇ of fshoO ⁇ di ⁇ orders, neurop ⁇ ychiatric di ⁇ orders, such as BAD, or oxidative ⁇ tress disorder may be ameliorated by administering a compound that decrease ⁇ the level of fshO ⁇ gene expre ⁇ ion and/or f ⁇ hO ⁇ gene product activity.
  • Method ⁇ for inhibiting or reducing the level of f ⁇ hO ⁇ ⁇ ynthe ⁇ i ⁇ or expre ⁇ ion can include, for example, method ⁇ such as those described in Section 5.9.1.
  • the compound ⁇ administered comprise compounds, in particular drugs, reported to ameliorate or exacerbate the symptom ⁇ of a neuropsychiatric disorder, such as BAD.
  • Such compounds include antidepressants such as lithium salt ⁇ , carbamazepine, valproic acid, ly ⁇ ergic acid diethylamide (LSD) , p- chlorophenylalanine, p-propyldopacetamide dithiocarbamate derivative ⁇ e.g., FLA 63; anti-anxiety drug ⁇ , e.g., diazepam; monoamine oxida ⁇ e (MAO) inhibitors, e.g., iproniazid, clorgyline, phenelzine and i ⁇ ocarboxazid; biogenic amine uptake blockers, e.g., tricyclic antidepressants such as desipramine, imipramine and amitriptyline; serotonin reuptake inhibitors e.g., fluoxetine; antipsychotic drugs such as phenothiazine derivatives (e.g., chlorpromazine (thorazine) and trifluopromazine
  • the compounds administered comprise compounds, in particular drugs, reported to ameliorate or exacerbate the symptom ⁇ of oxidative ⁇ tress disorder.
  • Such compounds include reduced glutathione (GSH) , glutathione precur ⁇ or ⁇ , e.g., N- acetylcystein ; antioxidants, e.g., vitamin ⁇ E and C, beta carotene and quinone ⁇ ; inhibitors of lipid membrane peroxidation, e.g., 21-aminosteroid U74006F (tirilazad mesylate) , and lazaroids; antioxidant ⁇ ⁇ uch as mazindol; dizocilpine maleate; selegiline; sulfhydryls N-acetyleysteine and cysteamine; dimethylthiourea; EUK-8 a synthetic, low molecular salen-manganese complex; synthetic manganese-ba ⁇ ed metalloprotein ⁇ uperoxide di ⁇ muta ⁇ e mimic, SC
  • ⁇ ymptom ⁇ of certain f ⁇ hoO ⁇ di ⁇ orders, neuropsychiatric disorder ⁇ , ⁇ uch as BAD, or oxidative stres ⁇ di ⁇ orders may be ameliorated by decreasing the level of f ⁇ hO ⁇ gene expression and/or f ⁇ hO ⁇ gene product activity by using f ⁇ hO ⁇ gene sequences in conjunction with well-known antisen ⁇ e, gene "knock-out,” ribozyme and/or triple helix method ⁇ to decrea ⁇ e the level of f ⁇ hO ⁇ gene expression.
  • fshO ⁇ gene including the ability to modulate the activity, expression or synthesis of the fshO ⁇ gene, including the ability to ameliorate the symptoms of a f ⁇ hO ⁇ disorder, a neuropsychiatric disorder, such as BAD, or an oxidative ⁇ tre ⁇ s disorder
  • antisense, ribozyme, and triple helix molecules Such molecules may be designed to reduce or inhibit either unimpaired, or if appropriate, mutant target gene activity. Techniques for the production and use of such molecules are well known to those of skill in the art.
  • Antisense RNA and DNA molecules act to directly block the translation of mRNA by hybridizing to targeted mRNA and preventing protein translation.
  • Antisen ⁇ e approache ⁇ involve the design of oligonucleotides that are complementary to a target gene mRNA.
  • the antisen ⁇ e oligonucleotide ⁇ will bind to the complementary target gene mRNA transcripts and prevent translation. Absolute complementarity, although preferred, is not required.
  • a sequence "complementary" to a portion of an RNA means a sequence having sufficient complementarity to be able to hybridize with the RNA, forming a ⁇ table duplex; in the case of double- ⁇ tranded anti ⁇ en ⁇ e nucleic acids, a single strand of the duplex DNA may thus be tested, or triplex formation may be assayed.
  • the ability to hybridize will depend on both the degree of complementarity and the length of the antisense nucleic acid. Generally, the longer the hybridizing nucleic acid, the more base mismatche ⁇ with an RNA it may contain and still form a stable duplex (or triplex, as the case may be) .
  • One ⁇ killed in the art can ascertain a tolerable degree of mismatch by use of standard procedures to determine the melting point of the hybridized complex.
  • oligonucleotides complementary to non-coding regions of the f ⁇ hO ⁇ gene could be used in an antisense approach to inhibit translation of endogenous f ⁇ hO ⁇ mRNA.
  • Antisense nucleic acids should be at least six nucleotides in length, and are preferably oligonucleotides ranging from 6 to about 50 nucleotides in length. In specific aspects the oligonucleotide is at least 10 nucleotides, at least 17 nucleotides, at least 25 nucleotides or at least 50 nucleotides.
  • in vitro studie ⁇ are first performed to quantitate the ability of the anti ⁇ en ⁇ e oligonucleotide to inhibit gene expre ⁇ ion. It is preferred that these studies utilize controls that distinguish between antisen ⁇ e gene inhibition and non ⁇ pecific biological effect ⁇ of oligonucleotide ⁇ . It i ⁇ also preferred that these ⁇ tudies compare levels of the target RNA or protein with that of an internal control RNA or protein. Additionally, it is envisioned that results obtained using the antisense oligonucleotide are compared with those obtained using a control oligonucleotide.
  • control oligonucleotide is of approximately the same length as the test oligonucleotide and that the nucleotide sequence of the oligonucleotide differs from the antisense sequence no more than is neces ⁇ ary to prevent specific hybridization to the target ⁇ equence.
  • the oligonucleotides can be DNA or RNA or chimeric mixtures or derivatives or modified versions thereof, single- stranded or double-stranded.
  • the oligonucleotide can be modified at the base moiety, sugar moiety, or phosphate backbone, for example, to improve stability of the molecule, hybridization, etc.
  • the oligonucleotide may include other appended groups such as peptides (e.g., for targeting host cell receptors in vivo) , or agents facilitating transport across the cell membrane (see, e . g. , Let ⁇ inger, et al . , 1989, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A.
  • the oligonucleotide may be conjugated to another molecule, e.g., a peptide, hybridization triggered cross-linking agent, transport agent, hybridization-triggered cleavage agent, etc.
  • the antisense oligonucleotide may comprise at least one modified base moiety which is selected from the group including but not limited to 5-fluorouracil, 5-bromouracil, 5-chlorouracil, 5-iodouracil, hypoxanthine, xanthine, 4-acetylcytosine, 5-(carboxyhydroxylmethyl) uracil, 5-carboxymethylaminomethyl-2-thiouridine, 5-carboxymethylaminomethyluracil, dihydrouracil, beta-D- galacto ⁇ ylqueo ⁇ ine, inosine, N6-isopentenyladenine, 1-methylguanine, 1-methylinosine, 2 , 2-dimethylguanine, 2-methyladenine, 2-methylguanine, 3-methylcytosine, 5-methylcytosine, N6-adenine, 7-methylguanine, 5-methylaminomethyluracil, 5-methoxyaminomethyl-2-thiouracil, beta-D-mannosyl
  • the antisense oligonucleotide may also comprise at least one modified sugar moiety selected from the group including but not limited to arabinose, 2-fluoroarabinose, xylulose, and hexose.
  • the antisense oligonucleotide comprises at least one modified pho ⁇ phate backbone ⁇ elected from the group con ⁇ i ⁇ ting of a pho ⁇ phorothioate, a pho ⁇ phorodithioate, a pho ⁇ phoramidothioate, a phosphoramidate, a phosphordiamidate, a methylpho ⁇ phonate, an alkyl pho ⁇ photrie ⁇ ter, and a formacetal or analog thereof.
  • the anti ⁇ en ⁇ e oligonucleotide i ⁇ an ⁇ -anomeric oligonucleotide.
  • oligonucleotide form ⁇ ⁇ pecific double- ⁇ tranded hybrids with complementary RNA in which, contrary to the usual j8-units, the strands run parallel to each other (Gautier, et al . , 1987, Nucl. Acids Res. 15, 6625-6641).
  • the oligonucleotide is a 2'-0-methylribonucleotide (Inoue, et al . , 1987, Nucl. Acids Res. 15, 6131-6148), or a chimeric RNA-DNA analogue (Inoue, et al . , 1987, FEBS Lett. 215, 327- 330) .
  • Oligonucleotides of the invention may be synthe ⁇ ized by ⁇ tandard method ⁇ known in the art, e .g. by u ⁇ e of an automated DNA synthesizer (such as are commercially available from Biosearch, Applied Biosystems, etc.).
  • phosphorothioate oligonucleotides may be synthe ⁇ ized by the method of Stein, et al . (1988, Nucl. Acid ⁇ Res. 16, 3209), methylphosphonate oligonucleotides can be prepared by use of controlled pore glas ⁇ polymer ⁇ upports
  • antisense nucleotides complementary to the target gene coding region sequence could be used, those complementary to the transcribed, untranslated region are most preferred.
  • anti ⁇ en ⁇ e oligonucleotide ⁇ having the following sequences can be utilized in accordance with the invention:
  • Antisense molecules should be delivered to cells that express the target gene in vivo .
  • a number of methods have been developed for delivering antisense DNA or RNA to cells; e.g., antisense molecules can be injected directly into the tissue site, or modified antisense molecules, designed to target the desired cells (e.g., antisense linked to peptides or antibodies that specifically bind receptors or antigens expressed on the target cell surface) can be administered systemically.
  • a preferred approach utilizes a recombinant DNA construct in which the antisense oligonucleotide i ⁇ placed under the control of a strong pol III or pol II promoter.
  • the u ⁇ e of ⁇ uch a construct to transfect target cell ⁇ in the patient will result in the transcription of sufficient amounts of single stranded RNAs that will form complementary base pairs with the endogenous target gene transcripts and thereby prevent translation of the target gene mRNA.
  • a vector can be introduced e.g., ⁇ uch that it is taken up by a cell and directs the transcription of an antisense RNA.
  • Such a vector can remain episomal or become chromosomally integrated, as long as it can be transcribed to produce the desired antisense RNA.
  • Such vectors can be constructed by recombinant DNA technology methods standard in the art.
  • Vectors can be plasmid, viral, or others known in the art, used for replication and expression in mammalian cells.
  • Expression of the sequence encoding the antisen ⁇ e RNA can be by any promoter known in the art to act in mammalian, preferably human cell ⁇ . Such promoters can be inducible or constitutive.
  • Such promoters include but are not limited to: the SV40 early promoter region (Bernoist and Chambon, 1981, Nature 290, 304-310), the promoter contained in the 3' long terminal repeat of Rous ⁇ arcoma viru ⁇ (Yamamoto, et al . ,
  • plasmid, cosmid, YAC or viral vector can be used to prepare the recombinant DNA construct which can be introduced directly into the tis ⁇ ue site.
  • viral vectors can be used that selectively infect the desired tissue, in which case administration may be accomplished by another route (e .g. , systemically).
  • Ribozyme molecules designed to catalytically cleave target gene mRNA transcripts can also be used to prevent translation of target gene mRNA and, therefore, expre ⁇ ion of target gene product. (See, e.g., PCT International Publication WO90/11364, published October 4, 1990; Sarver, et al., 1990, Science 247, 1222-1225).
  • Ribozymes are enzymatic RNA molecule ⁇ capable of catalyzing the ⁇ pecific cleavage of RNA. (For a review, ⁇ ee Rossi, 1994, Current Biology 4, 469-471). The mechanism of ribozyme action involves sequence specific hybridization of the ribozyme molecule to complementary target RNA, followed by an endonucleolytic cleavage event.
  • the composition of ribozyme molecules must include one or more sequences complementary to the target gene mRNA, and must include the well known catalytic sequence responsible for mRNA cleavage. For this sequence, see, e.g., U.S. Patent No. 5,093,246, which is incorporated herein by reference in it ⁇ entirety.
  • ribozymes that cleave mRNA at site specific recognition sequences can be used to destroy target gene mRNAs
  • the use of hammerhead ribozymes is preferred.
  • Hammerhead ribozymes cleave mRNAs at locations dictated by flanking regions that form complementary base pairs with the target mRNA. The sole requirement is that the target mRNA have the following sequence of two base ⁇ : 5'-UG-3'.
  • hammerhead ribozymes having the following sequences can be utilized in accordance with the invention:
  • HAMMERHEAD RIBOZYMES 1. 5'- GGG AAU GGC GGA GCC CUG GAA GUC
  • the ribozymes of the present invention also include RNA endoribonuclease ⁇ (hereinafter "Cech-type ribozyme ⁇ ”) such as the one that occurs naturally in Tetrahymena thermophila (known as the IVS, or L-19 IVS RNA) and that has been extensively described by Thomas Cech and collaborators (Zaug, et al . , 1984, Science, 224, 574-578; Zaug and Cech, 1986, Science, 231, 470-475; Zaug, et al . , 1986, Nature, 324, 429-433; published International patent application No. WO 88/04300 by University Patents Inc.; Been and Cech, 1986, Cell, 47, 207-216).
  • Cech-type ribozyme ⁇ RNA endoribonuclease ⁇
  • the Cech-type ribozymes have an eight base pair active site which hybridizes to a target RNA sequence whereafter cleavage of the target RNA takes place.
  • the invention encompasses those Cech-type ribozymes which target eight ba ⁇ e-pair active ⁇ ite sequences that are present in the target gene.
  • the ribozymes can be compo ⁇ ed of modified oligonucleotide ⁇ (e.g., for improved ⁇ tability, targeting, etc.) and ⁇ hould be delivered to cells that express the target gene in vivo .
  • a preferred method of delivery involves using a DNA construct "encoding" the ribozyme under the control of a strong constitutive pol III or pol II promoter, so that transfected cells will produce sufficient quantities of the ribozyme to destroy endogenous target gene mes ⁇ age ⁇ and inhibit translation. Because ribozymes unlike antisense molecules, are catalytic, a lower intracellular concentration is required for efficiency.
  • Endogenous target gene expres ⁇ ion can also be reduced by inactivating or "knocking out” the target gene or its promoter using targeted homologous recombination (e.g., see Smithies, et al . , 1985, Nature 317, 230-234; Thomas and Capecchi, 1987, Cell 51, 503-512; Thompson, et al . , 1989, Cell 5, 313-321; each of which is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety) .
  • targeted homologous recombination e.g., see Smithies, et al . , 1985, Nature 317, 230-234; Thomas and Capecchi, 1987, Cell 51, 503-512; Thompson, et al . , 1989, Cell 5, 313-321; each of which is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety.
  • a mutant, non- functional target gene flanked by DNA homologous to the endogenous target gene (either the coding regions or regulatory regions of the target gene) can be u ⁇ ed, with or without a selectable marker and/or a negative selectable marker, to tran ⁇ fect cell ⁇ that express the target gene in vivo. Insertion of the DNA construct, via targeted homologous recombination, result ⁇ in inactivation of the target gene.
  • Such approache ⁇ are particularly suited in the agricultural field where modifications to ES (embryonic stem) cells can be used to generate animal offspring with an inactive target gene (e.g., see Thomas and Capecchi, 1987 and Thomp ⁇ on, 1989, ⁇ upra) .
  • this approach can be adapted for use in humans provided the recombinant DNA con ⁇ tructs are directly administered or targeted to the required site in vivo using appropriate viral vectors.
  • endogenous target gene expres ⁇ ion can be reduced by targeting deoxyribonucleotide sequences complementary to the regulatory region of the target gene (i . e . , the target gene promoter and/or enhancers) to form triple helical structures that prevent transcription of the target gene in target cells in the body.
  • deoxyribonucleotide sequences complementary to the regulatory region of the target gene i . e . , the target gene promoter and/or enhancers
  • triple helical structures that prevent transcription of the target gene in target cells in the body.
  • Nucleic acid molecule ⁇ to be u ⁇ ed in triplex helix formation for the inhibition of tran ⁇ cription ⁇ hould be single stranded and composed of deoxynucleotide ⁇ .
  • the ba ⁇ e compo ⁇ ition of the ⁇ e oligonucleotide ⁇ mu ⁇ t be designed to promote triple helix formation via Hoogsteen ba ⁇ e pairing rule ⁇ , which generally require ⁇ izeable stretches of either purines or pyrimidines to be present on one strand of a duplex.
  • Nucleotide sequence ⁇ may be pyrimidine-ba ⁇ ed, which will result in TAT and CGC + triplets across the three associated strand ⁇ of the resulting triple helix.
  • the pyrimidine-rich molecule ⁇ provide base complementarity to a purine-rich region of a single strand of the duplex in a parallel orientation to that strand.
  • nucleic acid molecules may be chosen that are purine-rich, for example, contain a stretch of G residues. These molecules will form a triple helix with a DNA duplex that is rich in GC pairs, in which the majority of the purine residues are located on a single strand of the targeted duplex, resulting in GGC triplets acro ⁇ s the three strands in the triplex.
  • the potential sequences that can be targeted for triple helix formation may be increa ⁇ ed by creating a ⁇ o called " ⁇ witchback" nucleic acid molecule.
  • Switchback molecule ⁇ are ⁇ ynthe ⁇ ized in an alternating 5 ' -3 ' , 3'-5' manner, ⁇ uch that they ba ⁇ e pair with fir ⁇ t one ⁇ trand of a duplex and then the other, eliminating the nece ⁇ sity for a sizeable stretch of either purines or pyrimidine ⁇ to be present on one ⁇ trand of a duplex.
  • the technique may so efficiently reduce or inhibit the transcription (triple helix) and/or translation (antisense, ribozyme) of mRNA produced by normal target gene alleles that the possibility may arise wherein the concentration of normal target gene product pre ⁇ ent may be lower than i ⁇ nece ⁇ ary for a normal phenotype.
  • nucleic acid molecules that encode and express target gene polypeptides exhibiting normal target gene activity may, be introduced into cells via gene therapy methods such as those de ⁇ cribed, below, in Section 5.9.2 that do not contain sequences su ⁇ ceptible to whatever anti ⁇ ense, ribozyme, or triple helix treatments are being utilized.
  • gene therapy methods such as those de ⁇ cribed, below, in Section 5.9.2 that do not contain sequences su ⁇ ceptible to whatever anti ⁇ ense, ribozyme, or triple helix treatments are being utilized.
  • Anti-sense RNA and DNA, ribozyme, and triple helix molecules of the invention may be prepared by any method known in the art for the synthesis of DNA and RNA molecules, as discussed above. These include techniques for chemically synthesizing oligodeoxyribonucleotides and oligoribonucleotides well known in the art ⁇ uch as for example solid phase phosphoramidite chemical synthesis.
  • RNA molecules may be generated by in vitro and in vivo transcription of DNA sequences encoding the antisense RNA molecule. Such DNA sequences may be incorporated into a wide variety of vectors that incorporate suitable RNA polymerase promoters such as the T7 or SP6 polymerase promoters.
  • antisen ⁇ e cDNA constructs that synthesize antisense RNA constitutively or inducibly, depending on the promoter u ⁇ ed, can be introduced ⁇ tably into cell line ⁇ .
  • fshO ⁇ gene nucleic acid sequences can, for example, be utilized for the treatment of a fshO ⁇ disorder, a neuropsychiatric disorder, such as BAD, or an oxidative ⁇ tre ⁇ disorder.
  • Such treatment can be administered, for example, in the form of gene replacement therapy.
  • one or more copies of a normal f ⁇ hO ⁇ gene or a portion of the f ⁇ hO ⁇ gene that directs the production of a f ⁇ hO ⁇ gene product exhibiting normal f ⁇ hO ⁇ gene function may be inserted into the appropriate cells within a patient, using vectors that include, but are not limited to adenoviru ⁇ , adeno-a ⁇ ociated viru ⁇ , and retrovirus vectors, in addition to other particles that introduce DNA into cells, such as liposome ⁇ .
  • such gene replacement therapy techniques should be capable delivering f ⁇ hO ⁇ gene sequences to these cell types within patients.
  • techniques that are well known to those of skill in the art (see, e.g., PCT Publication No. WO89/10134, published April 25, 1988) can be used to enable f ⁇ hO ⁇ gene sequences to cross the blood-brain barrier readily and to deliver the sequences to cells in the brain.
  • viral vectors such a ⁇ , for example, tho ⁇ e described above, are preferable.
  • techniques for delivery involve direct administration of ⁇ uch fshO ⁇ gene sequences to the site of the cells in which the f ⁇ hO ⁇ gene sequences are to be expressed.
  • Additional methods that may be utilized to increase the overall level of f ⁇ hO ⁇ gene expression and/or f ⁇ hO ⁇ gene product activity include the introduction of appropriate fshOS-expre ⁇ ing cell ⁇ , preferably autologou ⁇ cell ⁇ , into a patient at po ⁇ ition ⁇ and in numbers that are sufficient to ameliorate the symptom ⁇ of a fshO ⁇ disorder, a neuropsychiatric disorder, such as BAD, or an oxidative ⁇ tress disorder.
  • Such cells may be either recombinant or non-reco binant.
  • the cells that can be administered to increase the overall level of f ⁇ hO ⁇ gene expression in a patient are normal cells, preferably brain cells, that express the f ⁇ hO ⁇ gene.
  • cells preferably autologous cells
  • cells can be engineered to express f ⁇ hO ⁇ gene sequences, and may then be introduced into a patient in positions appropriate for the amelioration of the symptom ⁇ of a f ⁇ hO ⁇ disorder, a neuropsychiatric disorder, such as BAD, or an oxidative stre ⁇ di ⁇ order.
  • cell ⁇ that express an unimpaired f ⁇ hO ⁇ gene and that are from a MHC matched individual can be utilized, and may include, for example, brain cells.
  • the expression of the f ⁇ hO ⁇ gene sequence ⁇ i ⁇ controlled by the appropriate gene regulatory sequences to allow such expre ⁇ ion in the nece ⁇ ary cell type ⁇ .
  • gene regulatory sequences are well known to the skilled artisan.
  • the cells to be administered are non- autologous cells, they can be administered using well known techniques that prevent a host immune response against the introduced cells from developing.
  • the cells may be introduced in an encapsulated form which, while allowing for an exchange of components with the immediate extracellular environment, does not allow the introduced cells to be recognized by the host immune system.
  • compounds such as those identified via techniques such as those described, above, in Section 5.8, that are capable of modulating f ⁇ hO ⁇ gene product activity can be admini ⁇ tered u ⁇ ing ⁇ tandard technique ⁇ that are well known to tho ⁇ e of ⁇ kill in the art.
  • the administration techniques should include well known ones that allow for a cro ⁇ sing of the blood-brain barrier.
  • the compounds that are determined to affect f ⁇ hO ⁇ gene expression or gene product activity can be administered to a patient at therapeutically effective doses to treat or ameliorate a f ⁇ hO ⁇ di ⁇ order, a neurop ⁇ ychiatric di ⁇ order, such as BAD, or an oxidative stre ⁇ di ⁇ order.
  • a therapeutically effective do ⁇ e refer ⁇ to that amount of the compound ⁇ ufficient to re ⁇ ult in amelioration of ⁇ ymptom ⁇ of such a disorder.
  • EFFECTIVE DOSE Toxicity and therapeutic efficacy of such compounds can be determined by standard pharmaceutical procedures in cell culture ⁇ or experimental animals, e.g., for determining the LD JO (the dose lethal to 50% of the population) and the ED 50 (the dose therapeutically effective in 50% of the population) .
  • the dose ratio between toxic and therapeutic effects is the therapeutic index and it can be expressed as the ratio LD ⁇ /ED ⁇ .
  • Compounds that exhibit large therapeutic indices are preferred. While compounds that exhibit toxic side effects may be used, care should be taken to design a delivery system that targets such compounds to the site of affected tissue in order to minimize potential damage to uninfected cells and, thereby, reduce side effects.
  • the data obtained from the cell culture as ⁇ ay ⁇ and animal studies can be used in formulating a range of dosage for u ⁇ e in humans.
  • the dosage of ⁇ uch compound ⁇ lies preferably within a range of circulating concentrations that include the EDso with little or no toxicity.
  • the dosage may vary within this range depending upon the dosage form employed and the route of administration utilized.
  • the therapeutically effective dose can be estimated initially from cell culture assays.
  • a dose may be formulated in animal model ⁇ to achieve a circulating pla ⁇ ma concentration range that include ⁇ the ICs (i.e., the concentration of the test compound that achieves a half-maximal inhibition of symptoms) as determined in cell culture.
  • Such information can be u ⁇ ed to more accurately determine u ⁇ eful do ⁇ e ⁇ in human ⁇ .
  • Level ⁇ in pla ⁇ ma may be mea ⁇ ured, for example, by high performance liquid chromatography.
  • FORMULATIONS AND USE Pharmaceutical compo ⁇ itions for use in accordance with the pre ⁇ ent invention may be formulated in conventional manner u ⁇ ing one or more phy ⁇ iologically acceptable carrier ⁇ or excipient ⁇ .
  • the compounds and their physiologically acceptable salt ⁇ and ⁇ olvate ⁇ may be formulated for admini ⁇ tration by inhalation or in ⁇ ufflation (either through the mouth or the nose) or oral, buccal, parenteral or rectal administration.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions may take the form of, for example, tablets or capsules prepared by conventional means with pharmaceutically acceptable excipients such as binding agents (e.g., pregelatinised maize starch, polyvinylpyrrolidone or hydroxypropyl methylcellulose) ; filler ⁇ (e.g., lactose, microcrystalline cellulose or calcium hydrogen phosphate) ; lubricants (e.g., magnesium stearate, talc or silica); disintegrants (e.g., potato starch or sodium ⁇ tarch glycolate) ; or wetting agents (e.g., sodium lauryl sulphate).
  • binding agents e.g., pregelatinised maize starch, polyvinylpyrrolidone or hydroxypropyl methylcellulose
  • filler ⁇ e.g., lactose, microcrystalline cellulose or calcium hydrogen phosphate
  • lubricants e.g., magnesium stearate, talc or silica
  • Liquid preparations for oral administration may take the form of, for example, solutions, syrup ⁇ or suspensions, or they may be presented as a dry product for constitution with water or other suitable vehicle before use.
  • Such liquid preparations may be prepared by conventional means with pharmaceutically acceptable additives such as suspending agents (e.g., sorbitol syrup, cellulose derivatives or hydrogenated edible fats); emulsifying agents (e.g., lecithin or acacia); non-aqueou ⁇ vehicle ⁇ (e.g., almond oil, oily e ⁇ ter ⁇ , ethyl alcohol or fractionated vegetable oil ⁇ ) ; and preservatives (e.g., methyl or propyl-p-hydroxybenzoates or sorbic acid) .
  • the preparations may also contain buffer salt ⁇ , flavoring, coloring and sweetening agents as appropriate.
  • Preparations for oral administration may be ⁇ uitably formulated to give controlled relea ⁇ e of the active compound.
  • the compo ⁇ ition ⁇ may take the form of tablets or lozenges formulated in conventional manner.
  • the compounds for use according to the pre ⁇ ent invention are conveniently delivered in the form of an aero ⁇ ol ⁇ pray pre ⁇ entation from pressurized packs or a nebuli ⁇ er, with the u ⁇ e of a ⁇ uitable propellant, e .g. , dichlorodifluoromethane, trichlorofluoromethane, dichlorotetrafluoroethane, carbon dioxide or other suitable gas.
  • a pressurized aerosol the dosage unit may be determined by providing a valve to deliver a metered amount.
  • Capsules and cartridges of e .g. , gelatin for use in an inhaler or insufflator may be formulated containing a powder mix of the compound and a suitable powder base such as lactose or starch.
  • the compounds may be formulated for parenteral administration by injection, e.g., by bolus injection or continuous infusion.
  • Formulations for injection may be presented in unit dosage form, e.g., in ampoules or in multi- dose containers, with an added preservative.
  • the compositions may take such forms as suspensions, solutions or emulsions in oily or aqueous vehicles, and may contain formulatory agents such as suspending, stabilizing and/or dispersing agents.
  • the active ingredient may be in powder form for constitution with a suitable vehicle, e .g. , ⁇ terile pyrogen-free water, before u ⁇ e.
  • the compound ⁇ may al ⁇ o be formulated in rectal compositions such as suppositorie ⁇ or retention enemas, e.g., containing conventional suppository bases such as cocoa butter or other glycerides.
  • the compounds may also be formulated a ⁇ a depot preparation.
  • Such long acting formulation ⁇ may be administered by implantation (for example subcutaneously or intramuscularly) or by intramuscular injection.
  • the compounds may be formulated with suitable polymeric or hydrophobic materials (for example as an emulsion in an acceptable oil) or ion exchange re ⁇ in ⁇ , or a ⁇ sparingly soluble derivatives, for example, as a sparingly soluble salt.
  • compositions may, if desired, be presented in a pack or dispen ⁇ er device that may contain one or more unit dosage forms containing the active ingredient.
  • the pack may for example comprise metal or plastic foil, ⁇ uch a ⁇ a blister pack.
  • the pack or dispenser device may be accompanied by instructions for administration.
  • Linkage disequilibrium (LD) studie ⁇ were performed u ⁇ ing DNA from a population sample of neuropsychiatric di ⁇ order (BP-I) patient ⁇ .
  • the population ⁇ ample and LD techniques were as described in Freimer et al., 1996, Nature Genetics .12.:436-441.
  • the pre ⁇ ent LD ⁇ tudy took advantage of the additional phy ⁇ ical marker ⁇ identified via the phy ⁇ ical mapping technique ⁇ de ⁇ cribed below.
  • Yea ⁇ t artificial chromosome (YAC) mapping For physical mapping, yeast artificial chromosomes (YACs) containing human ⁇ equence ⁇ were mapped to the region being analyzed ba ⁇ ed on publicly available map ⁇ (Cohen et al . , 1993, C.R. Acad. Sci. 316, 1484-1488). The YACs were then ordered and contig reconstructed by performing standard short tag sequence (STS) -content mapping with microsatellite marker ⁇ and non-polymorphic STS ⁇ available from databases that surround the genetically defined candidate region.
  • STS standard short tag sequence
  • BAC ⁇ mapping Bacterial artificial chromosome
  • the STSs from the region were used to screen a human BAC library (Research Genetics, Huntsville, AL) .
  • the end ⁇ of the BACs were cloned or directly sequenced.
  • the end ⁇ equences were used to amplify the next overlapping BAC ⁇ .
  • additional micro ⁇ atellite ⁇ were identified.
  • random ⁇ heared libraries were prepared from overlapping BAC ⁇ within the defined genetic interval.
  • BAC DNA was sheared with a nebulizer (CIS-US Inc. , Bedford, MA) . Fragments in the size range of 600 to 1,000 bp were utilized for the sublibrary production.
  • Microsatellite sequences from the sublibraries were identified by corre ⁇ ponding micro ⁇ atellite probe ⁇ . Sequences around such repeats were obtained to enable development of PCR primers for genomic DNA.
  • Standard RH mapping techniques were applied to a Stanford G3 RH mapping panel (Research Genetics, Hunt ⁇ ville, AL) to order all microsatellite markers and non-polymorphic STSs in the region being analyzed.
  • a human fetal brain cDNA library was purchased Clontech (Palo Alto, CA) and used according to manufacturer's recommendations.
  • cDNA selection was used as an additional method for gene identification of tran ⁇ cribed ⁇ equences over large regions of the genome. Through a combination of characterizations including phy ⁇ ical mapping and RNA hybridization, the ⁇ elected cDNA ⁇ were arranged into tran ⁇ cription unit ⁇ .
  • the cDNA ⁇ election technique wa ⁇ carried out as described by Rommens, et al . (1994, in Identification of Tran ⁇ cribed Sequence ⁇ , Hochge ⁇ chwender and Gardiner, ed ⁇ .. Plenum Pre ⁇ , New York, pp. 65-79) .
  • the full length fshO ⁇ construct was made by restriction digestion and ligation of overlapping f ⁇ hO ⁇ cDNA clones.
  • the cDNA clone zsh36 was constructed by first and second strand synthesi ⁇ from human placental RNA purcha ⁇ ed from Clontech (Palo Alto, CA) .
  • the clone f ⁇ h05wl3 was isolated from a human skeletal muscle library (Stratagene, La Jolla, CA) .
  • the two clones, zsh36 and fsh05wl3 overlap and contain a unique Smal site in the overlapping region.
  • the clones were digested with Smal and EcoRI (to release the fragments from the vector) and the correct fragments were isolated from an LMP agarose gel.
  • the vector pBluescript SK (Stratagene, La Jolla, CA) wa ⁇ prepared by digestion with EcoRI. A three-way ligation was performed using the two Smal/EcoRI fragments and the vector. The ligation was transformed into DH10 cells. Clones were screened for the correct orientation by PCR and by re ⁇ triction digestion. The positive clones were then ⁇ equen ⁇ ed to confirm the cloning junction.
  • f ⁇ h05FL19 was digested with Xhol relea ⁇ ing a Xhol fragment from this clone.
  • U55988 was dige ⁇ ted with Xhol and the correct fragment wa ⁇ i ⁇ olated from LMP agarose. The U55988 and fsh05FL19 fragment ⁇ were ligated together.
  • the genomic ⁇ tructure of the f ⁇ hO ⁇ wa ⁇ determined by aligning the cDNA ⁇ equence with the genomic ⁇ equence and by identifying the ⁇ plice ⁇ ite ⁇ for the intron-exon boundarie ⁇ .
  • the intron between exon 1 and exon 2 i ⁇ approximately 6489 bp in length.
  • Northern analvsi ⁇ Standard Northern analysis techniques were utilized in probing human and fetal multiple tissue Northern blots purchased from Clontech (Palo Alto, CA) . Blots were hybridized to a 777 bp probe, which was derived by PCR from a f ⁇ hO ⁇ cDNA sequence.
  • In situ hybridization analysi ⁇ In situ hybridization was performed a ⁇ described in Rhodes et al. (1996, J. Neurosci. 16 (16) : 4846-4860) .
  • Linkage Diseguilibrium Prior to attempting to identify gene sequences, studies were performed to further narrow the neuropsychiatric di ⁇ order region. Specifically, a linkage di ⁇ equilibrium (LD) analy ⁇ is was performed using population samples and techniques as described in Section 6.1, above, which took advantage of the additional phy ⁇ ical marker ⁇ identified via the phy ⁇ ical mapping technique ⁇ de ⁇ cribed below. High resolution physical mapping using YAC. BAC and
  • a high re ⁇ olution phy ⁇ ical map of the 18q23 candidate region wa ⁇ developed u ⁇ ing YAC, BAC and RH techniques.
  • YACs were mapped to the chromosome 18 region being analyzed.
  • D18S1161 and D18S554 which spans most of the D18S469-D18S554 region described above, was also mapped and contiged with BACs.
  • Sublibraries from the contiged BAC ⁇ were con ⁇ tructed, from which microsatellite marker sequence ⁇ were identified and sequenced.
  • the radiation hybrid (RH) mapping technique wa ⁇ independently applied to the region being analyzed.
  • RH wa ⁇ u ⁇ ed to order all microsatellite markers and non-polymorphic STSs in the region. Thu ⁇ , the high re ⁇ olution phy ⁇ ical map ultimately con ⁇ tructed was obtained using data from RH mapping and STS- content mapping.
  • the new marker ⁇ identified via physical mapping were typed in an LD analysis of sample ⁇ collected from place ⁇ affected with bipolar affective di ⁇ order.
  • One interpretation of the re ⁇ ult ⁇ of thi ⁇ LD analy ⁇ is narrows down the chromosome 18 long arm region within which a gene involved in neurop ⁇ ychiatric di ⁇ order ⁇ lies to an interval of about 500 kb between the publicly available markers D18S1121 and D18S380.
  • the BAC clones within the newly identified 500 kb neuropsychiatric disorder region were further analyzed to identify specific genes within the region.
  • a combination of sample sequencing, cDNA selection and transcription mapping analyses were combined to arrange sequence ⁇ into tentative tran ⁇ cription unit ⁇ , that is, tentatively delineating the coding sequence ⁇ of gene ⁇ within thi ⁇ genomic region of intere ⁇ t.
  • fshO ⁇ One of the tran ⁇ cription unit ⁇ identified wa ⁇ termed fshO ⁇ .
  • the corresponding f ⁇ hO ⁇ gene can, therefore, be involved in neuropsychiatric disorder ⁇ .
  • cDNA selection. f ⁇ hO ⁇ cDNA clones were i ⁇ olated through ⁇ creening and random sequencing of a human fetal brain cDNA library. Among the cDNA clones identified were FSH5-1 (ATCC accession No. 98317) and FSH5-2 (ATCC accession No. 98318) .
  • a partial cDNA sequence was deduced [SEQ ID NO: 1] that encoded a partial amino acid sequence that was missing the first 60 amino acids encoded by the full length cDNA (see below) .
  • an EST was identified, EST U55988, that encompasse ⁇ the 3', primarily non-coding, region of fshO ⁇ .
  • a full length cDNA designated EpDHlOb [ATCC accession No. 98472], wa ⁇ isolated as described above in Section 6.1.
  • the cDNA encodes a protein of 363 amino acids and has an open reading frame of 1089 base pairs (SEQ ID NO:8) .
  • Genomic structure Upon further analysi ⁇ of genomic sequences, it wa ⁇ determined that the full length f ⁇ hO ⁇ gene ⁇ equence [SEQ ID NO: 12] is contained within BAC54 (Identification Reference EpHS996, ATCC Acces ⁇ ion No. 98363).
  • f ⁇ hO ⁇ nucleotide and amino acid sequences are ⁇ hown in Figures 1-3. Exon sizes. Exons 1 and 2 and their intron-exon border ⁇ equence ⁇ are shown in Figure 3. Exon 1 and Exon 2 are separated by an intron of 6489 bp. Exon 1 is 167 bp in length (as ⁇ hown delineated by the bracket ⁇ [] in Figure 3).
  • primers were designed to hybridize to sequences outside and flanking the exon (as shown in bold) and to hence amplify the whole coding region plus the intron-exon boundaries.
  • Exon 2 and it ⁇ intron-exon border ⁇ equence ⁇ are shown in Figure 3.
  • Exon 2 is 925 bp in length including the stop codon, but not the 3'-UTR (as shown delineated by the brackets [ ] in Figure 3) .
  • the four sets of primers indicated in the sequence amplify product ⁇ that overlap with each other and cover the whole coding region of exon 2 plus the 5 ' intron-exon border.
  • Amino acid sequence identity The fshO ⁇ gene product sequence depicted in Figure 1 exhibits some amino acid sequence similarity with two known genes identified from other distantly related species. First, the f ⁇ hO ⁇ gene product exhibits approximately 43% amino acid sequence identity with the entire coding region (340 amino acids) of p36, a possible Lei ⁇ hmania amazonensis quinone oxidoreductase (Liu and Chang, 1994, Mol. Biochem. Parasitol. 66, 201-120).
  • the depicted portion of the f ⁇ hO ⁇ gene product also exhibits approximately 46% amino acid ⁇ equence identity with the 341 terminal amino acid portion of ARP, an Arabidop ⁇ i ⁇ thaliana NADPH oxidoreducta ⁇ e homolog (Babiychuk, et al . , 1995, J. Biol. Chem. 270, 26224-26231).
  • the f ⁇ hO ⁇ gene product may therefore provide the cells in which it is expre ⁇ ed with protection again ⁇ t oxidative stress, as described below.
  • ARP with which the f ⁇ hO ⁇ gene product shares at least 46% amino acid sequence identity, ha ⁇ been previou ⁇ ly identified by a functional a ⁇ ay in which expre ⁇ sion of ARP in a yeast strain provides the yeast host with a defen ⁇ e against oxidative stre ⁇ (Babiychuk, et al . , 1995, J. Biol. Chem. 270, 26224-26231).
  • the role of f ⁇ hO ⁇ gene product in protection of cells against oxidative stress may be similarly as ⁇ e ⁇ ed by ⁇ uch an as ⁇ ay.
  • f ⁇ hO ⁇ gene product in protection of cells against oxidative stre ⁇ may al ⁇ o be assessed by as ⁇ ay ⁇ in which expre ⁇ ion of f ⁇ hO ⁇ in an appropriate bacterial ⁇ train provide ⁇ the bacterial ho ⁇ t with a defen ⁇ e again ⁇ t oxidative ⁇ tress (Liu and Chang, 1994, Mol. and Bioc. Paras. 66:201-210; Storz, 1989, J. Bact. 171:2049-2055).
  • bacterial strain ⁇ can include, but are not limited to, Lei ⁇ hmania spp. , Escherichia coli , and Salmonella typhimurium.
  • Oxidative stress refers to the damage done to cells and tissues by reactive oxygen species (ROS) , such a ⁇ superoxide anion and hydrogen peroxide, which are natural byproducts of metaboli ⁇ m and can also result from exposure to free radical-generating compounds in the environment.
  • ROS reactive oxygen species
  • Oxidative stress can oxidize proteins, altering or destroying their function or oxidize lipids, causing a chain reaction leading to loss of cell membrane integrity.
  • Hydrogen peroxide which breaks down to produce hydroxyl radicals, can also activate NF-kB, a transcription factor involved in stimulating inflammatory responses.
  • Aerobic organisms have evolved a number of enzymatic and non-enzymatic antioxidant defense mechanisms to counteract the harmful effects of ROS and maintain the cellular steady-state of pro-oxidants and antioxidants (Sies, 1993, Eur. J. Biochem. 215:213-219).
  • the carboxyl-terminal half of the ARP protein which is homologous to the entire fsh05, was shown to be the functional domain that provided the defense against oxidative stre ⁇ s in the experiments mentioned above. Therefore, it i ⁇ predicted that fsh05 performs a similar protective function against oxidative stress in human cells.
  • An auto ⁇ omal dominant mutation in the guinea pig zeta-crystallin gene is as ⁇ ociated with congenital cataract formation (Huang, et al . , 1990, Exp. Eye Re ⁇ earch 50:317-325).
  • the accumulation of oxidative ⁇ tre ⁇ s is recognized to be contributing factor to tis ⁇ ue damage in condition ⁇ ranging from autoimmunity, inflammation and ischemia, to head trauma, cataracts, and neurological disorders such as stroke, Parkinson's disease and Alzheimer's disease.
  • Defects in antioxidant defense mechanisms, such as mutations in oxidoreductases therefore, are thought to be responsible for various disease development.
  • Cu/Zn superoxide dismutase gene are associated with familial amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (Rosen, et al . , 1993, Nature 362:59-62) and mutations in mitochondrial cytochrome c oxidase genes segregate with late-onset Alzheimer's disease (Davis, et al . , 1997, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 94:4526-4531).
  • Northern analvsi ⁇ Northern analysis was u ⁇ ed to examine f ⁇ hO ⁇ expre ⁇ sion. The Northern analy ⁇ i ⁇ revealed that f ⁇ hO ⁇ i ⁇ expre ⁇ ed in adult heart, brain, placenta, lung, liver, skeletal muscle, kidney, pancrea ⁇ , and in fetal brain, lung, liver, and kidney. Band ⁇ of 6 kb and 4 kb were seen in all the above ti ⁇ ue ⁇ .
  • f ⁇ hO ⁇ i ⁇ likely to play an important defen ⁇ e mechani ⁇ m again ⁇ t oxidative ⁇ tress in brain, as well a ⁇ other tissues where it is expressed, and that, as a corollary, mutations in f ⁇ hO ⁇ could be involved in BAD as well as other neurological disorders.
  • the regions in which f ⁇ hO ⁇ is expre ⁇ ed are regions of the brain in which extracellular plaques containing amyloid deposition, which are a prominent feature of Alzheimer's disea ⁇ e, may form ( ⁇ ee e .g. , Goldman et al., 1991, in Kandel et al., Principle ⁇ of Neural Science , 3rd Edition, Elsevier, New York, p. 977) .
  • f ⁇ hO ⁇ e.g. , the hippocampus and its major input pathway from the entorhinal cortex, the amygdala, the hypothalamus, the thalamu ⁇ , and portions of the neocortex compri ⁇ e part of the neural pathway proposed to regulate emotions ( ⁇ ee, e.g., Kupfermann, 1991, in Kandel et al., Principle ⁇ of Neural Science, 3rd Edition, Elsevier, New York, p. 737) .
  • Altered expression of f ⁇ hO ⁇ in ⁇ uch region ⁇ may lead to di ⁇ order ⁇ of emotional ⁇ tates, such as BAD.
  • fshO ⁇ gene products are identified by as ⁇ ay ⁇ in which the regulated expre ⁇ ion of f ⁇ hO ⁇ in E. coli provide ⁇ the E. coli host with a defense against oxidative stre ⁇ s (Liu and Chang, 1994, Mol. and Bioc. Paras. 66:201-210; Storz , 1989, J. Bact. 171:2049-2055).
  • Such as ⁇ ays can be used to identify f ⁇ hO ⁇ gene products, and portions, fragments or domains thereof that confer a protective defense against oxidative stre ⁇ .
  • Such a ⁇ ay ⁇ can al ⁇ o be u ⁇ ed in ⁇ creen ⁇ of te ⁇ t compounds that affect f ⁇ hO ⁇ activity and that may be used to ameliorate the symptom ⁇ of a fshO ⁇ disorder or a neuropsychiatric di ⁇ order, ⁇ uch a ⁇ BAD.
  • pBAD bacterial expre ⁇ ion vector ⁇ (Guzman, 1995, J.
  • Bact. 177(14) :4121-4130) are used to express a full length fshO ⁇ cDNA in E. coli strain KS272.
  • the pBAD vector ⁇ contain the araB promotor, which is inducible with arabinose. Expression with these vectors is titratable by controlling arabino ⁇ e concentration. This promotor also allow ⁇ for highly efficient repression of expre ⁇ ion with glucose.
  • pBADl ⁇ contains a relatively high copy number of pBR origin of replication.
  • pBAD30 contains a very low copy number of pACYC origin. This permits more control over expres ⁇ ion level ⁇ than with typical bacterial expression vector ⁇ . Experiments are run in parallel with both types.
  • KS272 cells containing f ⁇ hO ⁇ construct ⁇ or vector controls are plated in NZY top agarose onto NZY plate ⁇ containing ampicillin (lOOmg/ml) and either L-arabino ⁇ e or gluco ⁇ e (in varying concentrations) .
  • ampicillin lOOmg/ml
  • L-arabino ⁇ e or gluco ⁇ e in varying concentrations
  • One quarter inch filter paper discs saturated in 1.0 - 1.5 mM diamide, 3% hydrogen peroxide, or 3% cumene hydroperoxide are placed in the center of the plates. The plates are incubated overnight at 37° C. Diameters of the areas of inhibited bacterial growth are measured. These measurement ⁇ quantitate the degree of protection, if any, that varying levels of expres ⁇ ed f ⁇ hO ⁇ provide to bacterial cell ⁇ .
  • acces ⁇ ion number The following microorganisms were deposited with the American Type Culture Collection (ATCC) , Rockville, Maryland, on the date indicated and assigned the indicated acces ⁇ ion number:

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Gastroenterology & Hepatology (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • Biophysics (AREA)
  • Zoology (AREA)
  • Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
  • Toxicology (AREA)
  • Medicines That Contain Protein Lipid Enzymes And Other Medicines (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention relates to the mammalian fsh05 gene, a novel gene associated with bipolar affective disorder (BAD) in humans. The invention encompasses fsh05 nucleic acids, recombinant DNA molecules, cloned genes or degenerate variants thereof, fsh05 gene products and antibodies directed against such gene products, cloning vectors containing mammalian fsh05 gene molecules, and hosts that have been genetically engineered to express such molecules. The invention further relates to methods for the identification of compounds that modulate the expression of fsh05 and to using such compounds as therapeutic agents in the treatment of fsh05 disorders and neuropsychiatric disorders. The invention also relates to methods for the diagnostic evaluation, genetic testing and prognosis of fsh05 disorders and neuropsychiatric disorders including schizophrenia, attention deficit disorder, a schizoaffective disorder, a bipolar affective disorder or a unipolar affective disorder, and to methods and compositions for the treatment of these disorders.

Description

METHODS AND COMPOSITIONS FOR THE DIAGNOSIS AND TREATMENT OF NEUROPSYCHIATRIC DISORDERS
This application is a σontinuation-in-part of copending application Serial No. 08/828,010 filed March 27, 5 1997, which is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety.
This invention was supported in part by Grant Nos. R03 MH-48695, R01 MH-47563, R01-MH49499, and K21MH00916 from the National Institutes of Health. The U.S. Government may 0 have rights in this invention.
1. INTRODUCTION The present invention relates to the mammalian fsh05 gene, a novel gene associated with neuropsychiatric and 5 oxidative stress disorders in humans. The invention encompasses fsh05 nucleic acids, recombinant DNA molecules, cloned genes or degenerate variants thereof, fεh05 gene products and antibodies directed against such gene products, cloning vectors containing mammalian fsh05 gene molecules, 0 and hosts that have been genetically engineered to express such molecules. The invention further relates to methods for the identification of compounds that modulate the expression, synthesis and activity of fsh05 and to using compounds such as those identified as therapeutic agents in the treatment of 5 a fsh05 disorder; a neuropsychiatric disorder, including, by way of example and not of limitation, schizophrenia, attention deficit disorder, a schizoaffective disorder, a bipolar affective disorder or a unipolar affective disorder; or an oxidative stress disorder. The invention also relates 0 to methods for the diagnostic evaluation, genetic testing and prognosis of a fshOS disorder, of a neuropsychiatric disorder, including, by way of example and not of limitation, schizophrenia, attention deficit disorder, a schizoaffective disorder, a bipolar affective disorder or a unipolar 5 affective disorder, or of an oxidative stress disorder. 2. BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
2.1. NEUROPSYCHIATRIC DISORDERS There are only a few psychiatric disorders in which clinical manifestations of the disorder can be correlated with demonstrable defects in the structure and/or function of the nervous system. Well-known examples of such disorders include Huntington's disease, which can be traced to a mutation in a single gene and in which neurons in the striatum degenerate, and Parkinson's disease, in which dopaminergic neurons in the nigro-striatal pathway degenerate. The vast majority of psychiatric disorders, however, presumably involve subtle and/or undetectable changes, at the cellular and/or molecular levels, in nervous system structure and function. This lack of detectable neurological defects distinguishes "neuropsychiatric" disorders, such as schizophrenia, attention deficit disorders, schizoaffective disorder, bipolar affective disorders, or unipolar affective disorder, from neurological disorders, in which anatomical or biochemical pathologies are manifest. Hence, identification of the causative defects and the neuropathologies of neuropsychiatric disorders are needed in order to enable clinicians to evaluate and prescribe appropriate courses of treatment to cure or ameliorate the symptoms of these disorders.
One of the most prevalent and potentially devastating of neuropsychiatric disorders is bipolar affective disorder (BAD) , also known as bipolar mood disorder (BP) or manic-depressive illness, which is characterized by episodes of elevated mood (mania) and depression (Goodwin, et al . , 1990, Manic Depressive Illness , Oxford University Press, New York) . The most severe and clinically distinctive forms of BAD are BP-I (severe bipolar affective (mood) disorder) , which affects 2-3 million people in the United States, and SAD-M (schizoaffective disorder manic type) . They are characterized by at least one full episode of mania, with or without episodes of major depression (defined by lowered mood, or depression, with associated disturbances in rhythmic behaviors such as sleeping, eating, and sexual activity) . BP-I often co-segregates in families with more etiologically heterogeneous syndromes, such as with a unipolar affective 5 disorder such as unipolar major depressive disorder (MDD) , which is a more broadly defined phenotype (Freimer and Reus, 1992, in The Molecular and Genetic Basis of Neurological Disease, Rosenberg, et al . , eds., Butterworths, New York, pp. 951-965; Mclnnes and Freimer, 1995, Curr. Opin. Genet.
10 Develop., 5, 376-381). BP-I and SAD-M are severe mood disorders that are frequently difficult to distinguish from one another on a cross-sectional basis, follow similar clinical courses, and segregate together in family studies (Rosenthal, et al . , 1980, Arch. General Psychiat. 37, 804-
15 810; Levinson and Levitt, 1987, Am. J. Psychiat. 144, 415- 426; Goodwin, et al . , 1990, Manic Depressive Illness, Oxford University Press, New York) . Hence, methods for distinguishing neuropsychiatric disorders such as these are needed in order to effectively diagnose and treat afflicted
20 individuals.
Currently, individuals are typically evaluated for BAD using the criteria set forth in the most current version of the American Psychiatric Association's Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM) . While many
25 drugs have been used to treat individuals diagnosed with BAD, including lithium salts, carbamazepine and valproic acid, none of the currently available drugs are adequate. For example, drug treatments are effective in only approximately 60-70% of individuals diagnosed with BP-I. Moreover, it is
30 currently impossible to predict which drug treatments will be effective in, for example, particular BP-I affected individuals. Commonly, upon diagnosis, affected individuals are prescribed one drug after another until one is found to be effective. Early prescription of an effective drug
35 treatment, therefore, is critical for several reasons, including the avoidance of extremely dangerous manic episodes and the risk of progressive deterioration if effective treatments are not found.
The existence of a genetic component for BAD is strongly supported by segregation analyses and twin studies (Bertelson, et al . , 1977, Br. J. Psychiat. 130, 330-351;
Freimer and Reus, 1992, in The Molecular and Genetic Basis of Neurological Disease , Rosenberg, et al., eds., Butterworths, New York, pp. 951-965; Pauls, et al . , 1992, Arch. Gen. Psychiat. 49, 703-708). Efforts to identify the chromosomal location of genes that might be involved in BP-I, however, have yielded disappointing results in that reports of linkage between BP-I and markers on chromosomes X and 11 could not be independently replicated nor confirmed in the re-analyses of the original pedigrees, indicating that with BAD linkage studies, even extremely high lod scores at a single locus, can be false positives (Baron, et al . , 1987, Nature 326, 289- 292; Egeland, et al . , 1987, Nature 325, 783-787; Kelsoe, et al . , 1989, Nature 342, 238-243; Baron, et al . , 1993, Nature Genet. 3, 49-55). Recent investigations have suggested possible localization of BAD genes on chromosomes 18p and 21q, but in both cases the proposed candidate region is not well defined and no unequivocal support exists for either location (Berrettini, et al., 1994, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 91, 5918-5921; Murray, et al., 1994, Science 265, 2049-2054; Pauls, et al., 1995, Am. J. Hum. Genet. 57, 636-643; Maier, et al . , 1995, Psych. Res. 59, 7-15; Straub, et al . , 1994, Nature Genet. 8, 291-296).
Mapping genes for common diseases believed to be caused by multiple genes, such as BAD, may be complicated by the typically imprecise definition of phenotypes, by etiologic heterogeneity, and by uncertainty about the mode of genetic transmission of the disease trait. With neuropsychiatric disorders there is even greater ambiguity in distinguishing individuals who likely carry an affected genotype from those who are genetically unaffected. For example, one can define an affected phenotype for BAD by including one or more of the broad grouping of diagnostic classifications that constitute the mood disorders: BP-I, SAD-M, MDD, and bipolar affective (mood) disorder with hypomania and major depression (BP-II) . Thus, one of the greatest difficulties facing psychiatric geneticists is uncertainty regarding the validity of phenotype designations, since clinical diagnoses are based solely on clinical observation and subjective reports. Also, with complex traits such as neuropsychiatric disorders, it is difficult to genetically map the trait-causing genes because: (1) neuropsychiatric disorder phenotypes do not exhibit classic Mendelian recessive or dominant inheritance patterns attributable to a single genetic locus, (2) there may be incomplete penetrance, i.e., individuals who inherit a predisposing allele may not manifest disease; (3) a phenocopy phenomenon may occur, i.e., individuals who do not inherit a predisposing allele may nevertheless develop disease due to environmental or random causes; (4) genetic heterogeneity may exist, in which case mutations in any one of several genes may result in identical phenotypes.
Despite these difficulties, however, identification of the chromosomal location, sequence and function of genes and gene products responsible for causing neuropsychiatric disorders such as bipolar affective disorders is of great importance for genetic counseling, diagnosis and treatment of individuals in affected families.
2.2. OXIDATIVE STRESS DISORDERS The accumulation of oxidative stress is recognized to be contributing factor to tissue damage in conditions ranging from autoimmunity, inflammation and ischemia, to head trauma, cataracts, and neurological disorders such as stroke, Parkinson's disease, and Alzheimer's disease. Defects in antioxidant defense mechanisms, such as mutations in oxidoreductases, therefore, are thought to be responsible for development of various diseases. For example, mutations in Cu/Zn superoxide dismutase gene are associated with familial amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (Rosen, et al . , 1993, Nature 362:59-62), and mutations in mitochondrial cytochrome c oxidase genes segregate with late-onset Alzheimer's disease (Davis, et al . , 1997, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 94:4526- 4531) .
The zeta-crystallin superfamily is a collection of quinone oxidoreductases (Babiychuk, et al . , 1995, J. Biol. Chem. 270, 26224-26231) . High levels of zeta-crystallin is expressed in guinea pig lens and is thought to be an adaptation to control reactive oxygen species (ROS) formation. An autosomal dominant mutation in the guinea pig zeta-crystallin gene is associated with congenital cataract formation (Huang, et al . , 1990, Exp. Eye Research 50:317- 325) .
3. SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION It is an object of the present invention to identify genetic bases for neuropsychiatric and/or oxidative stress disorders, provide methods of treating and diagnosing neuropsychiatric and/or oxidative stress disorders, and provide methods for identifying compounds for use as part of therapeutic and/or diagnostic methods.
In particular, the present invention relates, first, to the mammalian fsh05 gene, a novel gene encoding a protein of 363 amino acids and with an open reading frame of 1089 base pairs, that is associated with neuropsychiatric disorders in humans, e.g., schizophrenia, attention deficit disorders, schizoaffective disorders, bipolar affective disorders, and/or unipolar affective disorders; and with oxidative stress disorders; including fsh05 nucleic acids, recombinant DNA molecules, cloned genes or degenerate variants thereof.
The invention further relates to novel mammalian fshOS gene products and to antibodies directed against such mammalian fshOS gene products, or conserved variants or fragments thereof. fsh05 nucleic acid and amino acid sequences are provided herein. The invention also relates to vectors, including expression vectors, containing mammalian fshOS gene molecules, and hosts that have been genetically engineered to express such fshOS gene products.
The invention further relates to methods for the treatment of fshOS , neuropsychiatric or oxidative stress disorders, wherein such methods comprise administering compounds which modulate the expression of a mammalian fshOS gene and/or the synthesis or activity of a mammalian fshOS gene product so symptoms of the disorder are ameliorated. The invention further relates to methods for the treatment of mammalian fsh05, neuropsychiatric, or oxidative stress disorders resulting from fsh05 gene mutations, wherein such methods comprise supplying the mammal with a nucleic acid molecule encoding an unimpaired fshOS gene product such that an unimpaired fsh05 gene product is expressed and symptoms of the disorder are ameliorated.
The invention further relates to methods for the treatment of mammalian fshOS , neuropsychiatric, or oxidative stress disorders resulting from fsh05 gene mutations, wherein such methods comprise supplying the mammal with a cell comprising a nucleic acid molecule that encodes an unimpaired fεh05 gene product such that the cell expresses the unimpaired fsh05 gene product and symptoms of the disorder are ameliorated. In addition, the present invention is directed to methods that utilize the fsh05 gene and/or gene product sequences for the diagnostic evaluation, genetic testing and prognosis of a fshOS disorder, a neuropsychiatric disorder, or an oxidative stress disorder. For example, the invention relates to methods for diagnosing fshOS, neuropsychiatric, or oxidative stress disorders, wherein such methods comprise measuring fsh05 gene expression in a patient sample, or detecting a fshOS mutation in the genome of the mammal suspected of exhibiting such a disorder. The invention still further relates to methods for identifying compounds capable of modulating the expression of the mammalian fεh05 gene and/or the synthesis or activity of the mammalian fshOS gene products, wherein such methods comprise contacting a compound to a cell that expresses a fsh05 gene, measuring the level of fεh05 gene expression, gene product expression or gene product activity, and comparing this level to the level of fshOS gene expression, gene product expression or gene product activity produced by the cell in the absence of the compound, such that if the level obtained in the presence of the compound differs from that obtained in its absence, a compound capable of modulating the expression of the mammalian fshOS gene and/or the synthesis or activity of the mammalian fεhOS gene products has been identified.
The invention also relates to methods for identifying a compound capable of modulating oxidative stress, wherein such methods comprise contacting a compound to a cell that expresses a fεh05 gene, measuring a level of oxidative stress expressed by the cell, and comparing the level obtained in the presence of the compound to a level of oxidative stress obtained in the absence of the compound, such that if the two levels obtained differ, a compound capable of modulating oxidative stress has been identified.
The invention further relates to methods for treating an oxidative stress disorder in a mammal comprising administering to the mammal a compound that modulates the synthesis, expression or activity of a mammalian fεhos gene or fεh05 gene product so that symptoms of the disorder are ameliorated. fεhOS gene and/or gene products can also be utilized as markers for mapping of the region of the long arm of human chromosome 18 spanned by chromosomal markers D18S1121 and DS18S380.
The neuropsychiatric disorders referred to herein can include, but are not limited to, schizophrenia; attention deficit disorder; a schizoaffective disorder; a bipolar affective disorder, e .g. , severe bipolar affective (mood) disorder (BP-I) , bipolar affective (mood) disorder with hypomania and major depression (BP-II) ; schizoaffective disorder manic type (SAD-M) ; or a unipolar affective disorder e.g. , unipolar major depressive disorder (MDD) .
The oxidative stress disorders referred to herein can include, but are not limited to, autoimmunity, inflammation and ischemia, head trauma, cataracts, neurological disorders such as stroke, Parkinson's disease, Alzheimer's disease, and defects in antioxidant defense mechanisms, such as mutations in oxidoreductases e .g. , mutations in Cu/Zn superoxide dismutase gene are associated with familial amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (Rosen, et al . , 1993, Nature 362:59-62) and mutations in mitochondrial cytochrome c oxidase genes segregate with late-onset Alzheimer's disease.
The term nfεh05 disorder" as used herein refers to a disorder involving an aberrant level of fshOS gene expression, gene product synthesis and/or gene product activity relative to levels found in normal, unaffected, unimpaired individuals, levels found in clinically normal individuals, and/or levels found in a population whose level represents a baseline, average fεhOS level.
3.1. DEFINITIONS As used herein, the following terms shall have the abbreviations indicated.
BAC, bacterial artificial chromosomes
BAD, bipolar affective disorder(s) BP, bipolar mood disorder
BP-I, severe bipolar affective (mood) disorder BP-II, bipolar affective (mood) disorder with hypomania and major depression bp, base pair(ε)
EST, expressed sequence tag lod, logarithm of odds MDD, unipolar major depressive disorder
ROS, reactive oxygen species
RT-PCR, reverse transcriptase PCR SSCP, single-stranded conformational polymorphism SAD-M, schizoaffective disorder manic type STS, short tag sequence YAC, yeast artificial chromosome
4. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES Figure 1 depicts fshOS nucleotide (SEQ ID NO: 3) and amino acid sequences (SEQ ID NO: 2) contained in cDNA clones FSH5-1 and FSH5-2. Figure 2 depicts the nucleotide sequence of the open reading frame of the fsh05 gene (SEQ ID NO: 12) and the encoded amino acid sequence (SEQ ID NO:13).
Figure 3 depicts the fsh05 nucleotide sequences of exon 1 and the adjacent intron-exon border sequences (SEQ ID NO: 14) and the nucleotide sequences of exon 2 and the adjacent intron-exon border sequences (SEQ ID NO: 15). Exon 1 and Exon 2 are separated by an intron of 6489 base pairs. Exon 1 is 167 bp in length (as shown delineated by the brackets []. One set of primers (see Table 3) was designed to hybridize to sequences outside and flanking the exon (as shown in bold) and to amplify the whole coding region plus the intron-exon boundaries. The amplification product is 325 bp including the intron-exon boundaries and the entire exon 1. Exon 2 is 925 bp in length including the stop codon, but not the 3'-UTR (as shown by the brackets [])• The four sets of primers are indicated in the sequence (see Table 3) amplify products that overlap with each other and cover the whole coding region of exon 2 plus the 5 ' intron-exon boundary.
5. DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION Described herein is the identification of a novel mammalian fεh05 gene, which is associated with neuropsychiatric disorders such as human bipolar affective disorder (BAD) , and with oxidative stress disorders. fεh05 gene and gene product sequences are described in the example presented below in Section 6. This invention is based, in part, on the genetic and physical mapping of the fshOS gene to a specific, narrow portion of chromosome 18, also described in the Example presented below in Section 6.
5.1. THE fsh05 GENE The fshOS gene is a novel gene associated with neuropsychiatric disorders, including BAD, and oxidative stress disorders. Nucleic acid sequences of the identified fsh05 gene are described herein. As used herein, "fshOS gene" refers to:
(a) a nucleic acid molecule containing the DNA sequence shown in SEQ ID NO:l or contained in the cDNA clones FSH5-1 (ATCC accession No. 98317) and/or FSH5-2 (ATCC accession No. 98318) and/or contained in the full length fεh05 clone (SEQ ID NO: 12) (ATTC 98472), as deposited with the American Type Culture Collection (ATCC) ;
(b) any DNA sequence that encodes a polypeptide containing: the amino acid sequence shown in Figure 1 (SEQ ID NO: 2), the amino acid sequence encoded by the cDNA clones FSH5-1 (ATCC 98317) and/or FSH5-2 (ATCC 98318), the amino acid sequence shown in Figure 2 encoded by the cDNA clone of fεh05 (SEQ ID NO:13) (ATTC 98472);
(c) any DNA sequence that hybridizes to the complement of the DNA sequences that encode the amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 2, or contained in the cDNA clones FSH5-1 (ATCC 98317) and/or FSH5-2 (ATCC 98318) and/or contained in the full length fεh05 clone (SEQ ID NO: 13), as deposited with the ATCC, under highly stringent conditions, e.g., hybridization to filter-bound DNA in 0.5 M NaHP04, 7% sodium dodecyl sulfate (SDS) , 1 mM EDTA at 65°C, and washing in O.lxSSC/0.1% SDS at 68°C (Ausubel F.M. et al . , eds., 1989, Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, Vol. I, Green Publishing Associates, Inc., and John Wiley & sons, Inc., New York, at p. 2.10.3); and/or
(d) any DNA sequence that hybridizes to the complement of the DNA sequences that encode the amino acid sequence shown SEQ ID NO:3 or contained in the cDNA clones FSH5-1 (ATCC 98317) and/or FSH5-2 (ATCC 98318) and/or contained in the full length fshOS clone (SEQ ID NO: 12), as deposited with the ATCC, under less stringent conditions, such as moderately stringent conditions, e.g., washing in 0.2xSSC/0.1% SDS at 42°C (Ausubel et al . , 1989, supra), and encodes a gene product functionally equivalent to a fshOS gene product.
As used herein, fεh05 gene may also refer to degenerate variants and/or alternate spliced variants of DNA sequences (a) through (d) .
The term "functionally equivalent to a fεh05 gene product," as used herein, refers to a gene product that exhibits at least one of the biological activities of an endogenous, unimpaired fεh05 gene. In one embodiment, a functionally equivalent fshOS gene product is one that, when present in an appropriate cell type, is capable of ameliorating, preventing or delaying the onset of one or more symptoms of a fshOS disorder. In another embodiment, a functionally equivalent fsh05 gene product is one that, when present in an appropriate cell type, is capable of ameliorating, preventing or delaying the onset of one or more symptoms of a neuropsychiatric disorder. In yet another embodiment, a functionally equivalent fsh05 gene product is one that, when present in an appropriate cell type, is capable of ameliorating, preventing or delaying the onset of one or more symptoms of a BAD, such as, for example, severe bipolar affective (mood) disorder, bipolar affective (mood) disorder with hypomania and major depression, or schizoaffective disorder manic type. In yet another embodiment, a functionally equivalent fεh05 gene product is one that, when present in an appropriate cell type, is capable of ameliorating, preventing or delaying the onset of one or more symptoms of an oxidative stress disorder. In one embodiment, an fεhOS gene product is one that is identified by assays, as capable, when expressed in an appropriate yeast strain, of providing the yeast host with a defense against oxidative stress (see Babiychuk, et al . , 1995, J. Biol. Chem. 270, 26224-26231).
In yet another embodiment, an fεhOS gene product is one that is identified by assays as capable, when expressed in an appropriate bacterial strain, of providing the bacterial host with a defense against oxidative stress (Liu and Chang, 1994, Mol. and Bioc. Paras. 66:201-210; Storz, 1989, J. Bact. 171:2049-2055). Such bacterial strains can include, but are not limited to, Leiεhmania εpp. , Eεcherichia coli , and Salmonella typhimurium . fεh05 sequences can include, for example either genomic DNA (gDNA) or cDNA sequences. When referring to a nucleic acid which encodes a given amino acid sequence, therefore, it is to be understood that the nucleic acid need not only be a cDNA molecule, but can also, for example, refer to a gDNA sequence from which an mRNA species is transcribed that is processed to encode the given amino acid sequence.
The invention also includes nucleic acid molecules, preferably DNA molecules, that hybridize to, and are therefore the complements of, the DNA sequences (a) through (d) , in the preceding paragraph. Such hybridization conditions may be highly stringent or less highly stringent, as described above. In instances wherein the nucleic acid molecules are deoxyoligonucleotides ("oligos") , highly stringent conditions may refer, e.g., to washing in 6xSSC/0.05% sodium pyrophosphate at 37°C (for 14-base oligos) , 48°C (for 17-base oligos) , 55°C (for 20-base oligos) , and 60°C (for 23-base oligos) . These nucleic acid molecules may encode or act as fεh05 gene antisense molecules, useful, for example, in fεh05 gene regulation (for and/or as antisense primers in amplification reactions of fεh05 gene nucleic acid sequences) . With respect to fεhOS gene regulation, such techniques can be used to regulate, for example, a fshOS disorder, a neuropsychiatric disorder, such as BAD, or an oxidative stress disorder. Further, such sequences may be used as part of ribozyme and/or triple helix sequences, also useful for fεhOS gene regulation. Still further, such molecules may be used as components of diagnostic methods whereby, for example, the presence of a particular fεhOS allele responsible for causing a fshOS disorder, a neuropsychiatric disorder such as BAD, e .g. , manic-depression, or an oxidative stress disorder, may be detected.
The invention also encompasses:
(a) DNA vectors that contain any of the foregoing fshOS coding sequences and/or their complements (i.e., antisense) ;
(b) DNA expression vectors that contain any of the foregoing fshOS coding sequences operatively associated with a regulatory element that directs the expression of the coding sequences; and (c) genetically engineered host cells that contain any of the foregoing fshOS coding sequences operatively associated with a regulatory element that directs the expression of the coding sequences in the host cell.
As used herein, regulatory elements include but are not limited to inducible and non-inducible promoters, enhancers, operators and other elements known to those skilled in the art that drive and regulate expression. Such regulatory elements include but are not limited to the cytomegalovirus hCMV immediate early gene, the early or late promoters of SV40 adenovirus, the lac system, the trp system, the TAC system, the TRC system, the major operator and promoter regions of phage A, the control regions of fd coat protein, the promoter for 3-phosphoglycerate kinase, the promoters of acid phosphatase, and the promoters of the yeast α-mating factors.
The invention further includes fragments of any of the DNA sequences disclosed herein. In one embodiment, a "fragment" refers to a fεh05 nucleic acid that encodes an amino acid sequence recognized by an antibody directed against the fshOS protein. In another embodiment, a
"fragment" refers to a nucleic acid that encodes an amino acid sequence which exhibits a fεhOS biological function, as described above for fεhOS functional derivatives.
In one embodiment, the fεh05 gene sequences of the invention are mammalian gene sequences, with human sequences being preferred.
In another embodiment, the fεhOS gene sequences of the invention are gene sequences encoding fεhOS gene products containing polypeptide portions corresponding to (that is, polypeptide portions exhibiting amino acid sequence similarity to) the amino acid sequence depicted in Figure 2, wherein the corresponding portion exhibits greater than about 50% amino acid identity with the Figure 2 sequence.
In yet another embodiment, the fεhOS gene sequences of the invention are gene sequences encoding fεh05 gene products containing polypeptide portions corresponding to
(that is, polypeptide portions exhibiting amino acid sequence similarity to) the amino acid sequence depicted in Figure 2, wherein the corresponding portion exhibits greater than about 50% amino acid sequence identity with the Figure 2 sequence, averaged across the fεh05 gene product's entire length.
In a further embodiment, the fεhOS gene sequences of the invention are gene sequences that do not comprise the coding sequence of expressed sequence tag (EST) U55988. In addition to the human fεh05 gene sequences disclosed in Figure 2, additional fεh05 gene sequences can be identified and readily isolated, without undue experimentation, by molecular biological techniques well known in the art, used in conjunction with the fεh05 sequences disclosed herein. For example, additional human fεh05 gene sequences at the same or at different genetic loci as those disclosed in Figure 2 can be isolated readily. There can exist, for example, genes at other genetic or physical loci within the human genome that encode proteins that have extensive homology to one or more domains of the fεhOS gene product and that encode gene products functionally equivalent to a fsh05 gene product. Further, homologous fshOS gene sequences present in other species can be identified and isolated readily.
With respect to identification and isolation of fεhOS gene sequences present at the same genetic or physical locus as those sequences disclosed in Figure 2, such sequences can, for example, be obtained readily by utilizing standard sequencing and bacterial artificial chromosome (BAC) technologies in connection with BAC54 (Identification Reference EpHS996, ATCC Accession No. 98363) . For example, sheared libraries can be made from
BAC54. Fragments of a convenient size, e .g. , in the size range of approximately 1 kb, are cloned into a standard plasmid, and sequenced. Further fεhOS sequences can then readily be identified by alignment of the BAC sequences with the fshOS sequences depicted in Figure 2. Alternatively, BAC subclones containing additional fεh05 sequences can be identified by identifying those subclones which hybridize to probes derived from the fεh05 sequences depicted in Figure 2. With respect to the cloning of a fεhOS gene homologue in human or other species (e.g., mouse), the isolated fεh05 gene sequences disclosed herein may be labeled and used to screen a cDNA library constructed from mRNA obtained from appropriate cells or tissues (e.g., brain tissues) derived from the organism (e . g. , mouse) of interest. The hybridization conditions used should be of a lower stringency when the cDNA library is derived from an organism different from the type of organism from which the labeled sequence was derived.
Alternatively, the labeled fragment may be used to screen a genomic library derived from the organism of interest, again, using appropriately stringent conditions. Low stringency conditions are well known to those of skill in the art, and will vary predictably depending on the specific organisms from which the library and the labeled sequences are derived. For guidance regarding such conditions see, for example, Sambrook, et al., 1989, Molecular Cloning, A Laboratory Manual, Second Edition, Cold Spring Harbor Press, N.Y.; and Ausubel, et al . , 1989, Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, Green Publishing Associates and Wiley Interscience, N.Y.
Further, a fshOS gene homologue may be isolated from, for example, human nucleic acid, by performing PCR using two degenerate oligonucleotide primer pools designed on the basis of amino acid sequences within the fεh05 gene product disclosed herein. The template for the reaction may be cDNA obtained by reverse transcription of mRNA prepared from, for example, human or non-human cell lines or tissue known or suspected to express a fεhOS gene allele (such as human brain cell lines e .g. , ATCC CRL-7605, ATCC CRL-7948, ATCC CRL-2060 PFSK-1, ATCC CRL-2176 SW 598, American Type Culture Collection, Rockville, MD; cortical neuronal cell lines, e .g. , Ronnett, et al . , 1990, Science 248, 603-605; Ronnett, et al., 1994, Neuroscience 63, 1081-1099; and Dunn, et al . , 1996, Int. J. Dev. Neurosci. 14, 61-68; neuronal line HCN-1A, Westlund et al . , 1992, Int. J. Dev. Neurosci. 10, 361-373) . The PCR product may be subcloned and sequenced to ensure that the amplified sequences represent the sequences of a fεh05 gene nucleic acid sequence. The PCR fragment may then be used to isolate a full length cDNA clone by a variety of methods. For example, the amplified fragment may be labeled and used to screen a bacteriophage cDNA library. Alternatively, the labeled fragment may be used to isolate genomic clones via the screening of a genomic library.
PCR technology may also be utilized to isolate full length cDNA sequences. For example, RNA may be isolated, following standard procedures, from an appropriate cellular or tissue source (i.e., one known, or suspected, to express the fshOS gene, such as, for example, blood samples or brain tissue samples obtained through biopsy or post-mortem) . A reverse transcription reaction may be performed on the RNA using an oligonucleotide primer specific for the most 5' end of the amplified fragment for the priming of first strand synthesis. The resulting RNA/DNA hybrid may then be "tailed" with guanines using a standard terminal transferase reaction, the hybrid may be digested with RNAaεe H, and second strand synthesis may then be primed with a poly-C primer. Thus, cDNA sequences upstream of the amplified fragment may easily be isolated. For a review of cloning strategies that may be used, see e.g., Sambrook et al . , 1989, supra. fsh05 gene sequences may additionally be used to isolate mutant fεh05 gene alleles. Such mutant alleles may be isolated from individuals either known or proposed to have a genotype that contributes to the symptoms of a fεhOS disorder, a neuropsychiatric disorder such as BAD, for example, manic-depression, or an oxidative stress disorder. Mutant alleles and mutant allele products may then be utilized in the therapeutic and diagnostic systems described below. Additionally, such fεhOS gene sequences can be used to detect fεh05 gene regulatory (e.g., promoter) defects which can be associated with a fεhOS disorder, a neuropsychiatric disorder such as BAD, or an oxidative stress disorder. A cDNA of a mutant fεh05 gene may be isolated, for example, by using PCR, a technique that is well known to those of skill in the art. In this case, the first cDNA strand may be synthesized by hybridizing an oligo-dT oligonucleotide to mRNA isolated from tissue known or suspected to be expressed in an individual putatively carrying the mutant fεh05 allele, and by extending the new strand with reverse transcriptase. The second strand of the cDNA is then synthesized using an oligonucleotide that hybridizes specifically to the 5' end of the normal gene. Using these two primers, the product is then amplified via PCR, cloned into a suitable vector, and subjected to DNA sequence analysis through methods well known to those of skill in the art. By comparing the DNA sequence of the mutant fεhOS allele to that of the normal fεh05 allele, the mutation(s) responsible for the loss or alteration of function of the mutant fεh05 gene product can be ascertained. Alternatively, a genomic library can be constructed using DNA obtained from an individual suspected of or known to carry a mutant fεhOS allele, or a cDNA library can be constructed using RNA from a tissue known, or suspected, to express a mutant fεhOS allele. An unimpaired fεhOS gene or any suitable fragment thereof may then be labeled and used as a probe to identify the corresponding mutant fεhOS allele in such libraries. Clones containing the mutant fεh05 gene sequences may then be purified and subjected to sequence analysis according to methods well known to those of skill in the art.
Additionally, an expression library can be constructed utilizing cDNA synthesized from, for example, RNA isolated from a tissue known, or suspected, to express a mutant fεh05 allele in an individual suspected of or known to carry such a mutant allele. In this manner, gene products made by the putatively mutant tissue may be expressed and screened using standard antibody screening techniques in conjunction with antibodies raised against the normal fεhOS gene product, as described, below, in Section 5.3. (For screening techniques, see, for example, Harlow and Lane, eds., 1988, "Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual", Cold Spring Harbor Press, Cold Spring Harbor.)
In cases where a fεhOS mutation results in an expressed gene product with altered function (e.g., as a result of a missense or a fra eshift mutation) , a polyclonal set of anti-.fs.h05 gene product antibodies are likely to cross-react with the mutant fεh05 gene product. Library clones detected via their reaction with such labeled antibodies can be purified and subjected to sequence analysis according to methods well known to those of skill in the art. fεh05 mutations can further be detected using PCR amplification techniques. Primers can routinely be designed to amplify overlapping regions of the whole fεh05 sequence including the promoter region. In one embodiment, primers are designed to cover the exon-intron boundaries such that, first, coding regions can be scanned for mutations. In a specific embodiment, the amplification primers used are those set forth in Table 1, Section 6 below, and are used to amplify and detect mutations, if any, in Exon l and/or Exon 2 (see Section 6) . Genomic DNA isolated from lymphocytes of normal and affected individuals is used as PCR template. PCR products from normal and affected individuals are compared, either by single strand conformational polymorphism (SSCP) mutation detection techniques and/or by sequencing. The mutations responsible for the loss or alteration of function of the mutant fεh05 gene product can then be ascertained.
5.2. PROTEIN PRODUCTS OF THE fsh05 GENE fεhOS gene products, or peptide fragments thereof, can be prepared for a variety of uses. For example, such gene products, or peptide fragments thereof, can be used for the generation of antibodies, in diagnostic assays, or for the identification of other cellular or extracellular gene products involved in the regulation of a fεh05 disorder, a neuropsychiatric disorder such as BAD, or an oxidative stress disorder.
The amino acid sequence depicted in Figure 2 (SEQ ID NO: 2) represents a fεh05 gene product. The fεhOS gene product, sometimes referred to herein as a "fshOS protein", includes those gene products encoded by the fεh05 gene sequences described in Section 5.1, above.
In one embodiment, the present invention encompasses polypeptides and peptides with at least 70 to 75% amino acid sequence identity with the fεhOS gene product (SEQ ID NO: 13). In a preferred embodiment, the present invention encompasses polypeptides and peptides with at least 80% amino acid sequence identity with the fεh05 gene product (SEQ ID NO: 13) .
In addition, fεhOS gene products may include proteins that represent functionally equivalent gene products (see Section 5.1 for a definition and for assays useful in identifying such functional derivatives with no undue experimentation) . Such an equivalent fεh05 gene product may contain deletions, including internal deletions, additions, including additions yielding fusion proteins, or substitutions of amino acid residues within and/or adjacent to the amino acid sequence encoded by the fshOS gene sequences described, above, in Section 5.1, but that result in a "silent" change, in that the change produces a functionally equivalent fεhOS gene product. Amino acid substitutions may be made on the basis of similarity in polarity, charge, solubility, hydrophobicity, hydrophilicity, and/or the amphipathic nature of the residues involved. For example, nonpolar (hydrophobic) amino acids include alanine, leucine, isoleucine, valine, proline, phenylalanine, tryptophan, and methionine; polar neutral amino acids include glycine, serine, threonine, cysteine, tyrosine, asparagine, and glutamine; positively charged (basic) amino acids include arginine, lysine, and histidine; and negatively charged (acidic) amino acids include aspartic acid and glutamic acid. Alternatively, where alteration of function is desired, deletion or non-conservative alterations can be engineered to produce altered, including reduced fεh05 gene products. Such alterations can, for example, alter one or more of the biological functions of the fshOS gene product. Further, such alterations can be selected so as to generate fsh05 gene products that are better suited for expression, scale up, etc. in the host cells chosen. For example, cysteine residues can be deleted or substituted with another amino acid residue in order to eliminate disulfide bridges. The fsh05 gene products, peptide fragments thereof and fusion proteins thereof, may be produced by recombinant DNA technology using techniques well known in the art. Thus, methods for preparing the fsh05 gene polypeptides, peptides, fusion peptide and fusion polypeptides of the invention by expressing nucleic acid containing fshOS gene sequences are described herein. Methods that are well known to those skilled in the art can be used to construct expression vectors containing fshOS gene product coding sequences and appropriate transcriptional and translational control signals. These methods include, for example, in vitro recombinant DNA techniques, synthetic techniques, and in vivo genetic recombination. See, for example, the techniques described in Sambrook, et al . , 1989, supra , and Ausubel, et al . , 1989, supra. Alternatively, RNA capable of encoding fsh05 gene product sequences may be chemically synthesized using, for example, synthesizers. See, for example, the techniques described in "Oligonucleotide Synthesis", 1984, Gait, ed. , IRL Press, Oxford.
A variety of host-expression vector systems may be utilized to express the fsh05 gene coding sequences of the invention. Such host-expression systems represent vehicles by which the coding sequences of interest may be produced and subsequently purified, but also represent cells that may, when transformed or transfected with the appropriate nucleotide coding sequences, exhibit the fεh05 gene product of the invention in situ . These include but are not limited to microorganisms such as bacteria (e.g., E. coli , B . εubtiliε) transformed with recombinant bacteriophage DNA, plasmid DNA or cosmid DNA expression vectors containing fεh05 gene product coding sequences; yeast (e .g. , Saccharomyce , Pichia) transformed with recombinant yeast expression vectors containing the fεh05 gene product coding sequences; insect cell systems infected with recombinant virus expression vectors (e.g., baculovirus) containing the fεhOS gene product coding sequences; plant cell systems infected with recombinant virus expression vectors (e.g., cauliflower mosaic virus, CaMV; tobacco mosaic virus, TMV) or transformed with recombinant plasmid expression vectors (e .g. , Ti plasmid) containing fsh05 gene product coding sequences; or mammalian cell systems (e.g., COS, CHO, BHK, 293, 3T3) harboring recombinant expression constructs containing promoters derived from the genome of mammalian cells (e.g., metallothionein promoter) or from mammalian viruses (e .g. , the adenovirus late promoter; the vaccinia virus 7.5K promoter) . In bacterial systems, a number of expression vectors may be advantageously selected depending upon the use intended for the fsh05 gene product being expressed. For example, when a large quantity of such a protein is to be produced, for the generation of pharmaceutical compositions of fshOS protein or for raising antibodies to fεhOS protein, for example, vectors that direct the expression of high levels of fusion protein products that are readily purified may be desirable. Such vectors include, but are not limited, to the E. coli expression vector pUR278 (Ruther et al., 1983, EMBO J. 2, 1791), in which the fεh05 gene product coding sequence may be ligated individually into the vector in frame with the lac Z coding region so that a fusion protein is produced; pIN vectors (Inouye and Inouye, 1985, Nucleic Acids Res. 13, 3101-3109; Van Heeke and Schuster, 1989, J. Biol. Chem. 264, 5503-5509); and the like. pGEX vectors may also be used to express foreign polypeptides as fusion proteins with glutathione S-transferase (GST) . In general, such fusion proteins are soluble and can easily be purified from lysed cells by adsorption to glutathione-agarose beads followed by elution in the presence of free glutathione. The pGEX vectors are designed to include thrombin or factor Xa protease cleavage sites so that the cloned target gene product can be released from the GST moiety. In an insect system, Autographa calif ornica , nuclear polyhedrosis virus (AcNPV) is used as a vector to express foreign genes. The virus grows in Spodoptera frugiperda cells. The fεhOS gene coding sequence may be cloned individually into non-essential regions (for example the polyhedrin gene) of the virus and placed under control of an AcNPV promoter (for example the polyhedrin promoter) . Successful insertion of fεhOS gene coding sequence will result in inactivation of the polyhedrin gene and production of non-occluded recombinant virus (i.e., virus lacking the proteinaceous coat coded for by the polyhedrin gene) . These recombinant viruses are then used to infect Spodoptera frugiperda cells in which the inserted gene is expressed. (e.g., see Smith, et al . , 1983, J. Virol. 46, 584; Smith, U.S. Patent No. 4,215,051).
In mammalian host cells, a number of viral-based expression systems may be utilized. In cases where an adenovirus is used as an expression vector, the fshOS gene coding sequence of interest may be ligated to an adenovirus transcription/translation control complex, e .g. , the late promoter and tripartite leader sequence. This chimeric gene may then be inserted in the adenovirus genome by in vitro or in vivo recombination. Insertion in a non-essential region of the viral genome (e.g., region El or E3) will result in a recombinant virus that is viable and capable of expressing fεhOS gene product in infected hosts. (e.g.. See Logan and Shenk, 1984, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 81, 3655-3659). Specific initiation signals may also be required for efficient translation of inserted fεhOS gene product coding sequences. These signals include the ATG initiation codon and adjacent sequences. In cases where an entire fεhOS gene, including its own initiation codon and adjacent sequences, is inserted into the appropriate expression vector, no additional translational control signals may be needed. However, in cases where only a portion of the fεh05 gene coding sequence is inserted, exogenous translational control signals, including, perhaps, the ATG initiation codon, must be provided. Furthermore, the initiation codon must be in phase with the reading frame of the desired coding sequence to ensure translation of the entire insert. These exogenous translational control signals and initiation codons can be of a variety of origins, both natural and synthetic. The efficiency of expression may be enhanced by the inclusion of appropriate transcription enhancer elements, transcription terminators, etc. (see Bittner, et al . , 1987, Methods in Enzymol. 153, 516-544).
In addition, a host cell strain may be chosen that modulates the expression of the inserted sequences, or modifies and processes the gene product in the specific fashion desired. Such modifications (e . g. , glycosylation) and processing (e.g., cleavage) of protein products may be important for the function of the protein. Different host cells have characteristic and specific mechanisms for the post-translational processing and modification of proteins and gene products. Appropriate cell lines or host systems can be chosen to ensure the correct modification and processing of the foreign protein expressed. To this end, eukaryotic host cells that possess the cellular machinery for proper processing of the primary transcript, glycosylation, and phosphorylation of the gene product may be used. Such mammalian host cells include but are not limited to CHO, VERO, BHK, HeLa, COS, MDCK, 293, 3T3 , and WI38.
For long-term, high-yield production of recombinant proteins, stable expression is preferred. For example, cell lines that stably express the fεhOS gene product may be engineered. Rather than using expression vectors that contain viral origins of replication, host cells can be transformed with DNA controlled by appropriate expression control elements (e.g., promoter, enhancer, sequences, transcription terminators, polyadenylation sites, etc.), and a selectable marker. Following the introduction of the foreign DNA, engineered cells may be allowed to grow for 1-2 days in an enriched media, and then are switched to a selective media. The selectable marker in the recombinant plasmid confers resistance to the selection and allows cells to stably integrate the plasmid into their chromosomes and grow to form foci that in turn can be cloned and expanded into cell lines. This method may advantageously be used to engineer cell lines that express the fεh05 gene product. Such engineered cell lines may be particularly useful in screening and evaluation of compounds that affect the endogenous activity of the fεhOS gene product.
A number of selection systems may be used, including but not limited to the herpes simplex virus thymidine kinase (Wigler, et al . , 1977, Cell 11, 223), hypoxanthine-guanine phosphoribosyltransferase (Szybalska and Szybalski, 1962, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 48, 2026), and adenine phosphoribosyltransferase (Lowy, et al . , 1980, Cell 22, 817) genes can be employed in tk", hgprt" or aprt" cells, respectively. Also, antimetabolite resistance can be used as the basis of selection for the following genes: dhfr, which confers resistance to methotrexate (Wigler, et al . , 1980, Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 77, 3567; O'Hare, et al., 1981, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 78, 1527); gpt, which confers resistance to myσophenolic acid (Mulligan and Berg, 1981, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 78, 2072); neo, which confers resistance to the a inoglycoside G-418 (Colberre-Garapin, et al . , 1981, J. Mol. Biol. 150, 1) ; and hygro, which confers resistance to hygromycin (Santerre, et al . , 1984, Gene 30, 147).
Alternatively, any fusion protein may be readily purified by utilizing an antibody specific for the fusion protein being expressed. For example, a system described by Janknecht, et al . allows for the ready purification of non- denatured fusion proteins expressed in human cell lines (Janknecht, et al . , 1991, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 88, 8972-8976). In this system, the gene of interest is subcloned into a vaccinia recombination plasmid such that the gene's open reading frame is translationally fused to an amino-terminal tag consisting of six histidine residues. Extracts from cells infected with recombinant vaccinia virus are loaded onto Ni2+ •nitriloacetic acid-agarose columns and histidine-tagged proteins are selectively eluted with imidazole-containing buffers.
The fεh05 gene products can also be expressed in transgenic animals. Animals of any species, including, but not limited to, mice, rats, rabbits, guinea pigs, pigs, micro-pigs, goats, sheep, and non-human primates, e.g., baboons, monkeys, and chimpanzees may be used to generate fεhOS transgenic animals. The term "transgenic," as used herein, refers to animals expressing fεhOS gene sequences from a different species (e.g., mice expressing human fεhOS sequences) , as well as animals that have been genetically engineered to overexpress endogenous (i.e., same species) fεh05 sequences or animals that have been genetically engineered to no longer express endogenous fshOS gene sequences (i.e., "knock-out" animals), and their progeny.
Any technique known in the art may be used to introduce an fεh05 gene transgene into animals to produce the founder lines of transgenic animals. Such techniques include, but are not limited to pronuclear microinjection (Hoppe and Wagner, 1989, U.S. Pat. No. 4,873,191); retrovirus mediated gene transfer into germ lines (Van der Putten, et al . , 1985, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., USA 82, 6148-6152); gene targeting in embryonic stem cells (Thompson, et al . , 1989, Cell 56, 313-321); electroporation of embryos (Lo, 1983, Mol. Cell. Biol. 3, 1803-1814); and sperm-mediated gene transfer (Lavitrano et al . , 1989, Cell 57, 717-723) (For a review of such techniques, see Gordon, 1989, Transgenic Animals, Intl. Rev. Cytol. 115, 171-229)
Any technique known in the art may be used to produce transgenic animal clones containing an fεh05 transgene, for example, nuclear transfer into enucleated oocytes of nuclei from cultured embryonic, fetal or adult cells induced to quiescence (Campbell, et al . , 1996, Nature 380, 64-66; Wilmut, et al . , Nature 385, 810-813).
The present invention provides for transgenic animals that carry an fεhOS transgene in all their cells, as well as animals that carry the transgene in some, but not all their cells, i.e., mosaic animals. The transgene may be integrated as a single transgene or in concatamers, e.g., head-to-head tandems or head-to-tail tandems. The transgene may also be selectively introduced into and activated in a particular cell type by following, for example, the teaching of Lasko et al . (Lasko, et al . , 1992, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 89, 6232-6236). The regulatory sequences required for such a cell-type specific activation will depend upon the particular cell type of interest, and will be apparent to those of skill in the art. When it is desired that the fεh05 gene transgene be integrated into the chromosomal site of the endogenous fεh05 gene, gene targeting is preferred. Briefly, when such a technique is to be utilized, vectors containing some nucleotide sequences homologous to the endogenous fsh05 gene are designed for the purpose of integrating, via homologous recombination with chromosomal sequences, into and disrupting the function of the nucleotide sequence of the endogenous fεhOS gene. The transgene may also be selectively introduced into a particular cell type, thus inactivating the endogenous fshOS gene in only that cell type, by following, for example, the teaching of Gu, et al. (Gu, et al . , 1994, Science 265, 103-106) . The regulatory sequences required for such a cell-type specific inactivation will depend upon the particular cell type of interest, and will be apparent to those of skill in the art.
Once transgenic animals have been generated, the expression of the recombinant fεh05 gene may be assayed utilizing standard techniques. Initial screening may be accomplished by Southern blot analysis or PCR techniques to analyze animal tissues to assay whether integration of the transgene has taken place. The level of mRNA expression of the transgene in the tissues of the transgenic animals may also be assessed using techniques that include but are not limited to Northern blot analysis of tissue samples obtained from the animal, in εitu hybridization analysis, and RT-PCR (reverse transcriptase PCR) . Samples of fsh05 gene- expressing tissue, may also be evaluated immunocytochemically using antibodies specific for the fεh05 transgene product.
5.3. ANTIBODIES TO fsh05 GENE PRODUCTS Described herein are methods for the production of antibodies capable of specifically recognizing one or more fεhOS gene product epitopes or epitopes of conserved variants or peptide fragments of the fεhOS gene products.
Such antibodies may include, but are not limited to, polyclonal antibodies, monoclonal antibodies (mAbs) , humanized or chimeric antibodies, single chain antibodies, Fab fragments, F(ab')2 fragments, fragments produced by a Fab expression library, anti-idiotypic (anti-Id) antibodies, and epitope-binding fragments of any of the above. Such antibodies may be used, for example, in the detection of a fεhOS gene product in an biological sample and may, therefore, be utilized as part of a diagnostic or prognostic technique whereby patients may be tested for abnormal levels of fsh05 gene products, and/or for the presence of abnormal forms of such gene products. Such antibodies may also be utilized in conjunction with, for example, compound screening schemes, as described, below, in Section 5.8, for the evaluation of the effect of test compounds on fεhOS gene product levels and/or activity. Additionally, such antibodies can be used in conjunction with the gene therapy techniques described, below, in Section 5.9.0.2 to, for example, evaluate the normal and/or engineered fsh05- expressing cells prior to their introduction into the patient.
Anti-fsh05 gene product antibodies may additionally be used as a method for the inhibition of abnormal fsh05 gene product activity. Thus, such antibodies may, therefore, be utilized as part of treatment methods for an fεh05 disorder, a neuropsychiatric disorder, such as BAD, or an oxidative stress disorder.
For the production of antibodies against a fεh05 gene product, various host animals may be immunized by injection with a fεhOS gene product, or a portion thereof. Such host animals may include, but are not limited to rabbits, mice, and rats, to name but a few. Various adjuvants may be used to increase the immunological response, depending on the host species, including but not limited to Freund's (complete and incomplete), mineral gels such as aluminum hydroxide, surface active substances such as lyεolecithin, pluronic polyols, polyanions, peptides, oil emulsions, keyhole limpet hemocyanin, dinitrophenol, and potentially useful human adjuvants such as BCG (bacille Calmette-Guerin) and Corynebacterium parvum . Polyclonal antibodies are heterogeneous populations of antibody molecules derived from the sera of animals immunized with an antigen, such as a fεhOS gene product, or an antigenic functional derivative thereof. For the production of polyclonal antibodies, host animals such as those described above, may be immunized by injection with fshOS gene product supplemented with adjuvants as also described above.
Monoclonal antibodies, which are homogeneous populations of antibodies to a particular antigen, may be obtained by any technique that provides for the production of antibody molecules by continuous cell lines in culture. These include, but are not limited to, the hybridoma technique of Kohler and Milstein, (1975, Nature 256, 495-497; and U.S. Patent No. 4,376,110), the human B-cell hybridoma technique (Kosbor et al . , 1983, Immunology Today 4, 72; Cole et al . , 1983, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 80, 2026-2030), and the EBV-hybridoma technique (Cole et al., 1985, Monoclonal Antibodies And Cancer Therapy, Alan R. Liss, Inc., pp. 77- 96) . Such antibodies may be of any immunoglobulin class including IgG, IgM, IgE, igA, IgD and any subclass thereof. The hybridoma producing the mAb of this invention may be cultivated in vitro or in vivo. Production of high titers of mAbs in vivo makes this the presently preferred method of production.
In addition, techniques developed for the production of "chimeric antibodies" (Morrison, et al . , 1984, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., 81, 6851-6855; Neuberger, et al . ,
1984, Nature 312, 604-608; Takeda, et al . , 1985, Nature, 314, 452-454) by splicing the genes from a mouse antibody molecule of appropriate antigen specificity together with genes from a human antibody molecule of appropriate biological activity can be used. A chimeric antibody is a molecule in which different portions are derived from different animal species, such as those having a variable region derived from a murine mAb and a human immunoglobulin constant region. (See, e .g. , Cabilly et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,816,567; and Boss et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,816397, which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.) In addition, techniques have been developed for the production of humanized antibodies. (See, e .g. , Queen, U.S. Patent No. 5,585,089, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.) An immunoglobulin light or heavy chain variable region consists of a "framework" region interrupted by three hypervariable regions, referred to as complementarity determining regions (CDRs) . The extent of the framework region and CDRs have been precisely defined (see, "Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest", Kabat, E. et al., U.S.Department of Health and Human Services (1983) . Briefly, humanized antibodies are antibody molecules from non-human species having one or more CDRs from the non- human species and a framework region from a human immunoglobulin molecule. Alternatively, techniques described for the production of single chain antibodies (U.S. Patent 4,946,778; Bird, 1988, Science 242, 423-426; Huston, et al . , 1988, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 85, 5879-5883; and Ward, et al . , 1989, Nature 334, 544-546) can be adapted to produce single chain antibodies against fshOS gene products. Single chain antibodies are formed by linking the heavy and light chain fragments of the Fv region via an amino acid bridge, resulting in a single chain polypeptide.
Antibody fragments that recognize specific epitopes may be generated by known techniques. For example, such fragments include but are not limited to: the F(ab')2 fragments, which can be produced by pepsin digestion of the antibody molecule and the Fab fragments, which can be generated by reducing the disulfide bridges of the F(ab')2 fragments. Alternatively, Fab expression libraries may be constructed (Huse, et al . , 1989, Science, 246, 1275-1281) to allow rapid and easy identification of monoclonal Fab fragments with the desired specificity. 5.4. USES OF fsh05 GENE SEQUENCES, GENE PRODUCTS. AND ANTIBODIES
Described herein are various applications of fεhOS gene sequences, fεh05 gene products, including peptide fragments and fusion proteins thereof, and of antibodies directed against fεhOS gene products and peptide fragments thereof. Such applications include, for example, prognostic and diagnostic evaluation of a fεhOS disorder, a neuropsychiatric disorder, such as BAD, or an oxidative stress disorder, and the identification of subjects with a predisposition to such disorders, as described, below, in Section 5.5. Additionally, such applications include methods for the treatment of a fεhOS disorder, a neuropsychiatric disorder, such as BAD, or an oxidative stress disorder, as described, below, in Section 5.9, and for the identification of compounds that modulate the expression of the fεhOS gene and/or the synthesis or activity of the fεhOS gene product, as described below, in Section 5.8. Such compounds can include, for example, other cellular products that are involved in mood regulation and in fεh05 disorders, neuropsychiatric disorders, such as BAD, or oxidative stress disorders. These compounds can be used, for example, in the amelioration of fεhOS disorders, neuropsychiatric disorders, such as BAD, and oxidative stress disorders.
5.5. DIAGNOSIS OF ABNORMALITIES OF A fεhOS ,
NEUROPSYCHIATRIC OR OXIDATIVE STRESS DISORDER
A variety of methods can be employed for the diagnostic and prognostic evaluation of fshOS disorders, neuropsychiatric disorders, such as BAD, or oxidative stress disorders, and for the identification of subjects having a predisposition to such disorders.
Such methods may, for example, utilize reagents such as the fεh05 gene nucleotide sequences described in Sections 5.1, and antibodies directed against fεh05 gene products, including peptide fragments thereof, as described, above, in Section 5.3. Specifically, such reagents may be used, for example, for:
(1) the detection of the presence of fεhOS gene mutations, or the detection of either over- or under- expression of fεh05 gene mRNA relative to the state of a fεhOS disorder, a neuropsychiatric disorder, such as BAD, or an oxidative stress disorder;
(2) the detection of either an over- or an under- abundance of fεh05 gene product relative to the unaffected state; and
(3) the detection of an aberrant level of fεhOS gene product activity relative to the unaffected state. fεh05 gene nucleotide sequences can, for example, be used to diagnose an fεhOS, neuropsychiatric, or oxidative stress disorder using, for example, the techniques for fεhOS mutation detection described above in Section 5.1.
The methods described herein may be performed, for example, by utilizing pre-packaged diagnostic kits comprising at least one specific fεhOS gene nucleic acid or anti-.fs.h05 gene antibody reagent described herein, which may be conveniently used, e.g., in clinical settings, to diagnose patients exhibiting abnormalities of a fεhOS disorder, a neuropsychiatric disorder, such as BAD, or an oxidative stress disorder. For the detection of fεh05 mutations, any nucleated cell can be used as a starting source for genomic nucleic acid. For the detection of fεh05 gene expression or fεhOS gene products, any cell type or tissue in which the fεh05 gene is expressed may be utilized. Nucleic acid-based detection techniques are described, below, in Section 5.6. Peptide detection techniques are described, below, in Section 5.7. 5.6. DETECTION OF fεhOδ
N CfrETC jyςj MO ECU ES
A variety of methods can be employed to screen for the presence of fεhOδ mutations and to detect and/or assay levels of fshOS nucleic acid sequences.
Mutations within the fεhOδ gene can be detected by utilizing a number of techniques. Nucleic acid from any nucleated cell can be used as the starting point for such assay techniques, and may be isolated according to standard nucleic acid preparation procedures that are well known to those of skill in the art. fεhOδ nucleic acid sequences may be used in hybridization or amplification assays of biological samples to detect abnormalities involving fεhOS gene structure, including point mutations, insertions, deletions, inversions, translocations and chromosomal rearrangements. Such assays may include, but are not limited to. Southern analyses, single-stranded conformational polymorphism analyses (SSCP) , and PCR analyses.
Diagnostic methods for the detection of fshOδ gene- specific mutations can involve for example, contacting and incubating nucleic acids including recombinant DNA molecules, cloned genes or degenerate variants thereof, obtained from a sample, e.g., derived from a patient sample or other appropriate cellular source, such as lymphocytes, with one or more labeled nucleic acid reagents including recombinant DNA molecules, cloned genes or degenerate variants thereof, as described in Section 5.1, under conditions favorable for the specific annealing of these reagents to their complementary sequences within the fshOδ gene. The diagnostic methods of the present invention further encompass contacting and incubating nucleic acids for the detection of single nucleotide mutations or polymorphisms of the fεhOδ gene. Preferably, the lengths of these nucleic acid reagents are at least 15 to 30 nucleotides. After incubation, all non- annealed nucleic acids are removed from the nucleic acid : fεh05 molecule hybrid. The presence of nucleic acids that have hybridized, if any such molecules exist, is then detected. Using such a detection scheme, the nucleic acid from the cell type or tissue of interest can be immobilized, for example, to a solid support such as a membrane, or a plastic surface such as that on a microtiter plate or polystyrene beads. In this case, after incubation, non- annealed, labeled nucleic acid reagents of the type described in Section 5.1 are easily removed. Detection of the remaining, annealed, labeled fεhOδ nucleic acid reagents is accomplished using standard techniques well-known to those in the art. The fshOδ gene sequences to which the nucleic acid reagents have annealed can be compared to the annealing pattern expected from a normal fεhOδ gene sequence in order to determine whether a fεhOδ gene mutation is present. In a preferred embodiment, fεhOδ mutations or polymorphisms can be detected by using a microassay of fεhOδ nucleic acid sequences immobilized to a substrate or "gene chip" (see, e .g. Cronin, et al., 1996, Human Mutation 7:244- 255) . Alternative diagnostic methods for the detection of fεhOδ gene specific nucleic acid molecules, in patient samples or other appropriate cell sources, may involve their amplification, e.g., by PCR (the experimental embodiment set forth in Mullis, 1987, U.S. Patent No. 4,683,202), followed by the detection of the amplified molecules using techniques well known to those of skill in the art. The resulting amplified sequences can be compared to those that would be expected if the nucleic acid being amplified contained only normal copies of the fεhOδ gene in order to determine whether a fεhOδ gene mutation exists.
Additionally, well-known genotyping techniques can be performed to identify individuals carrying fεhOδ gene mutations. Such techniques include, for example, the use of restriction fragment length polymorphisms (RFLPs) , which involve sequence variations in one of the recognition sites for the specific restriction enzyme used. Additionally, improved methods for analyzing DNA polymorphisms, which can be utilized for the identification of fshOδ gene mutations, have been described that capitalize on the presence of variable numbers of short, tandemly repeated DNA sequences between the restriction enzyme sites. For example, Weber (U.S. Pat. No. 5,075,217) describes a DNA marker based on length polymorphisms in blocks of (dC-dA)n- (dG-dT)n short tandem repeats. The average separation of (dC-dA)n-(dG-dT)n blocks is estimated to be 30,000-60,000 bp. Markers that are so closely spaced exhibit a high frequency co-inheritance, and are extremely useful in the identification of genetic mutations, such as, for example, mutations within the fshOδ gene, and the diagnosis of diseases and disorders related to fεhOδ mutations. Also, Caskey et al . (U.S. Pat.No. 5,364,759) describe a DNA profiling assay for detecting short tri and tetra nucleotide repeat sequences. The process includes extracting the DNA of interest, such as the fεhOδ gene, amplifying the extracted DNA, and labelling the repeat sequences to form a genotypic map of the individual's DNA. The level of fεhOδ gene expression can also be assayed. For example, RNA from a cell type or tissue known, or suspected, to express the fεhOδ gene, such as brain, may be isolated and tested utilizing hybridization or PCR techniques such as are described, above. The isolated cells can be derived from cell culture or from a patient. The analysis of cells taken from culture may be a necessary step in the assessment of cells to be used as part of a cell-based gene therapy technique or, alternatively, to test the effect of compounds on the expression of the fεhOδ gene. Such analyses may reveal both quantitative and qualitative aspects of the expression pattern of the fεhOδ gene, including activation or inactivation of fεhOδ gene expression.
In one embodiment of such a detection scheme, a cDNA molecule is synthesized from an RNA molecule of interest (e.g., by reverse transcription of the RNA molecule into cDNA) . A sequence within the cDNA is then used as the template for a nucleic acid amplification reaction, such as a PCR amplification reaction, or the like. The nucleic acid reagents used as synthesis initiation reagents (e.g., primers) in the reverse transcription and nucleic acid amplification steps of this method are chosen from among the fεhOδ gene nucleic acid reagents described in Section 5.1. The preferred lengths of such nucleic acid reagents are at least 9-30 nucleotides. For detection of the amplified product, the nucleic acid amplification may be performed using radioactively or non-radioactively labeled nucleotides. Alternatively, enough amplified product may be made such that the product may be visualized by standard ethidium bromide staining or by utilizing any other suitable nucleic acid staining method. Additionally, it is possible to perform such fεhOδ gene expression assays "in situ", i .e . , directly upon tissue sections (fixed and/or frozen) of patient tissue obtained from biopsies or resections, such that no nucleic acid purification is necessary. Nucleic acid reagents such as those described in Section 5.1 may be used as probes and/or primers for such in situ procedures (see, for example, Nuovo, G.J. , 1992, "PCR In Situ Hybridization: Protocols And Applications", Raven Press, NY).
Alternatively, if a sufficient quantity of the appropriate cells can be obtained, standard Northern analysis can be performed to determine the level of mRNA expression of the fεhOδ gene.
5.7. DETECTION OF fsh05 GENE PRODUCTS Antibodies directed against unimpaired or mutant fεhOδ gene products or conserved variants or peptide fragments thereof, which are discussed, above, in Section 5.3, may also be used as diagnostics and prognostics for a fεhOδ disorder, a neuropsychiatric disorder, such as BAD, or an oxidative stress disorder, as described herein. Such methods may be used to detect abnormalities in the level of fεhOδ gene product synthesis or expression, or abnormalities in the structure, temporal expression, and/or physical location of fshOδ gene product. The antibodies and immunoassay methods described below have, for example, important in vitro applications in assessing the efficacy of treatments for fεhOδ disorders, neuropsychiatric disorders, such as BAD, or oxidative stress disorders. Antibodies, or fragments of antibodies, such as those described below, may be used to screen potentially therapeutic compounds in vitro to determine their effects on fεhOδ gene expression and fεhOδ peptide production. The compounds that have beneficial effects on an fεhOδ disorder, a neuropsychiatric disorder, such as BAD, or an oxidative stress disorder, can be identified, and a therapeutically effective dose determined. In vitro immunoassays may also be used, for example, to assess the efficacy of cell-based gene therapy for an fεhOδ disorder, a neuropsychiatric disorder, such as BAD, or an oxidative stress disorder. Antibodies directed against fεhOδ peptides may be used in vitro to determine, for example, the level of fεhOδ gene expression achieved in cells genetically engineered to produce fεhOδ peptides. In the case of intracellular fshOδ gene products, such an assessment is done, preferably, using cell lysates or extracts. Such analysis will allow for a determination of the number of transformed cells necessary to achieve therapeutic efficacy in vivo, as well as optimization of the gene replacement protocol.
The tissue or cell type to be analyzed will generally include those that are known, or suspected, to express the fshOδ gene. The protein isolation methods employed herein may, for example, be such as those described in Harlow and Lane (1988, "Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual", Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, New York) . The isolated cells can be derived from cell culture or from a patient. The analysis of cells taken from culture may be a necessary step in the assessment of cells to be used as part of a cell-based gene therapy technique or, alternatively, to test the effect of compounds on the expression of the fshOδ gene.
Preferred diagnostic methods for the detection of fshOδ gene products or conserved variants or peptide fragments thereof, may involve, for example, immunoassays wherein the fshOδ gene products or conserved variants or peptide fragments are detected by their interaction with an anti-f shOδ gene product-specific antibody.
For example, antibodies, or fragments of antibodies, such as those described, above, in Section 5.3, useful in the present invention may be used to quantitatively or qualitatively detect the presence of fεhOδ gene products or conserved variants or peptide fragments thereof. This can be accomplished, for example, by immunofluorescence techniques employing a fluorescently labeled antibody (see below, this Section) coupled with light microscopic, flow cytometric, or fluorimetric detection. Such techniques are especially preferred for fεhOδ gene products that are expressed on the cell surface. The antibodies (or fragments thereof) useful in the present invention may, additionally, be employed histologically, as in immunofluorescence or immunoelectron microscopy, for in εitu detection of fεhOδ gene products or conserved variants or peptide fragments thereof. In εitu detection may be accomplished by removing a histological specimen from a patient, and applying thereto a labeled antibody of the present invention. The antibody (or fragment) is preferably applied by overlaying the labeled antibody (or fragment) onto a biological sample. Through the use of such a procedure, it is possible to determine not only the presence of the fεhOδ gene product, or conserved variants or peptide fragments, but also its distribution in the examined tissue. Using the present invention, those of ordinary skill will readily perceive that any of a wide variety of histological methods (such as staining procedures) can be modified in order to achieve such in εitu detection. Immunoassays for fεhOδ gene products or conserved variants or peptide fragments thereof will typically comprise incubating a sample, such as a biological fluid, a tissue extract, freshly harvested cells, or lysateε of cells, that have been incubated in cell culture, in the presence of a detectably labeled antibody capable of identifying fεhOδ gene products or conserved variants or peptide fragments thereof, and detecting the bound antibody by any of a number of techniques well-known in the art. The biological εample may be brought in contact with and immobilized onto a εolid phaεe εupport or carrier such as nitrocellulose, or other solid support that iε capable of immobilizing cells, cell particles or soluble proteins. The εupport may then be waεhed with εuitable bufferε followed by treatment with the detectably labeled fεhOδ gene specific antibody. The solid phase support may then be waεhed with the buffer a second time to remove unbound antibody. The amount of bound label on solid εupport may then be detected by conventional meanε. By "εolid phaεe εupport or carrier" iε intended any εupport capable of binding an antigen or an antibody. Well- known εupportε or carrierε include glaεs, polystyrene, polypropylene, polyethylene, dextran, nylon, amylases, natural and modified celluloεes, polyacrylamides, gabbros, and magnetite. The nature of the carrier can be either soluble to some extent or insoluble for the purposes of the present invention. The εupport material may have virtually any possible εtructural configuration εo long as the coupled molecule is capable of binding to an antigen or antibody. Thus, the support configuration may be εpherical, as in a bead, or cylindrical, as in the inεide εurface of a test tube, or the external surface of a rod. Alternatively, the surface may be flat such as a sheet, test εtrip, etc. Preferred εupportε include polyεtyrene beads. Those skilled in the art will know many other εuitable carrierε for binding antibody or antigen, or will be able to aεcertain the εame by use of routine experimentation. The binding activity of a given lot of anti-fsh05 gene product antibody may be determined according to well known methods. Those skilled in the art will be able to determine operative and optimal assay conditions for each determination by employing routine experimentation.
One of the ways in which the fshOδ gene peptide- εpecific antibody can be detectably labeled iε by linking the εame to an enzyme and use in an enzyme immunoassay (EIA) (Voller, A., "The Enzyme Linked Immunosorbent Assay (ELISA)", 1978, Diagnostic Horizons 2, 1-7, Microbiological Asεociateε Quarterly Publication, Walkerεville, MD) ; Voller, A. et al . , 1978, J. Clin. Pathol. 31, 507-520; Butler, J.E., 1981, Meth. Enzymol. 73, 482-523; Maggio, E. (ed.), 1980, Enzyme Immunoassay, CRC Press, Boca Raton, FL, ; Ishikawa, E. et al . , (eds.), 1981, Enzyme Immunoassay, Kgaku Shoin, Tokyo). The enzyme which iε bound to the antibody will react with an appropriate substrate, preferably a chromogenic subεtrate, in such a manner aε to produce a chemical moiety that can be detected, for example, by εpectrophotometric, fluorimetric or by viεual meanε. Enzymeε that can be uεed to detectably label the antibody include, but are not limited to, malate dehydrogenaεe, staphylococcal nuclease, delta-5-steroid iεomeraεe, yeaεt alcohol dehydrogenase, α-glycerophosphate, dehydrogenaεe, trioεe phoεphate iεomeraεe, horseradish peroxidase, alkaline phosphatase, asparaginase, glucose oxidase, j8-galactosidase, ribonuclease, urease, catalaεe, glucoεe-6-phoεphate dehydrogenaεe, glucoamylase and acetylcholinesteraεe. The detection can be accomplished by colorimetric methods that employ a chromogenic εubstrate for the enzyme. Detection may also be accomplished by visual compariεon of the extent of enzymatic reaction of a εubεtrate in comparison with similarly prepared standards.
Detection may also be accompliεhed uεing any of a variety of other immunoaεεay . For example, by radioactively labeling the antibodies or antibody fragments, it is possible to detect fεhOδ gene peptides through the uεe of a radioimmunoaεsay (RIA) (see, for example, Weintraub, B., Principles of Radioimunoaεεayε, Seventh Training Course on Radioligand Assay Techniques, The Endocrine Society, March, 1986) . The radioactive isotope can be detected by such means as the use of a gamma counter or a scintillation counter or by autoradiography.
It is also poεεible to label the antibody with a fluoreεcent compound. When the fluoreεcently labeled antibody iε exposed to light of the proper wave length, itε presence can then be detected due to fluoreεcence. Among the moεt commonly used fluoreεcent labeling compoundε are fluoreεcein iεothiocyanate, rhodamine, phycoerythrin, phycocyanin, allophycocyanin, o-phthaldehyde and fluoreεcamine.
The antibody can alεo be detectably labeled using fluorescence emitting metals such as 15Eu, or others of the lanthanide serieε. Theεe metalε can be attached to the antibody using such metal chelating groups as diethylenetriaminepentacetic acid (DTPA) or ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA) . The antibody alεo can be detectably labeled by coupling it to a chemilumineεcent compound. The preεence of the chemilumineεcent-tagged antibody is then determined by detecting the presence of luminescence that arises during the course of a chemical reaction. Examples of particularly useful chemilumineεcent labeling compounds are luminol, isoluminol, theromatic acridinium eεter, imidazole, acridinium εalt and oxalate eεter.
Likewiεe, a biolumineεcent compound may be used to label the antibody of the present invention. Biolumineεcence iε a type of chemiluminescence found in biological syεtemε in which a catalytic protein increases the efficiency of the chemiluminescent reaction. The presence of a bioluminescent protein is determined by detecting the presence of lu ineεcence. Important bioluminescent compounds for purpoεeε of labeling are luciferin, luciferase and aequorin. fεhOδ gene products can alεo be identified by assays in which expression of fεhOδ in an appropriate yeast strain provides the yeast host with a defense against oxidative stress (see Babiychuk, et al . , 1995, J. Biol. Chem. 270, 26224-26231, incorporated by reference in itε entirety) . 5 In another embodiment, fεhOδ gene productε are identified by aεεayε in which expression of fεhOδ in an appropriate bacterial strain provides the bacterial host with a defense against oxidative streεε (Liu and Chang, 1994, Mol. and Bioc. Paras. 66:201-210; Storz, 1989, J. Bact. 171:2049-
10 2055; each of which iε incorporated by reference in itε entirety) . Such bacterial strains can include, but are not limited to, Leiεhmania spp. , Eεcherichia coli , and Salmonella typhimurium .
In a specific embodiment, the regulated expression
15 of fεhOδ in E. coli protects the cells from oxidative εtreεε. pBAD bacterial expression vectors (Guzman, 1995, J. Bact. 177(14) :4121-4130, incorporated by reference in its entirety) are used to express a full length fεhOδ cDNA in E. coli strain KS272 (see Section 7) . Inhibition of bacterial growth
20 is meaεured and uεed to quantitate the degree of protection, if any, that varying levelε of expreεεed fεhOδ provide to bacterial cellε.
5.8. SCREENING ASSAYS FOR COMPOUNDS
25 — THAT -M~ODUL~ATE fsh05 GENE ACTIVITY
The following asεayε are designed to identify compounds that bind to a fεhOδ gene product, intracellular proteins or portions of proteins that interact with a fεhOδ gene product, compounds that interfere with the interaction
30 of a fεhOδ gene product with intracellular proteins and compounds that modulate the activity of fεhOδ gene (i.e., modulate the level of fεhOδ gene expression and/or modulate the level of fεhOδ gene product activity) . Assays may additionally be utilized that identify compounds that bind to
35 fεhOδ gene regulatory εequences (e.g., promoter sequenceε; see e .g. , Platt, 1994, J. Biol. Chem. 269, 28558-28562), and that may modulate the level of fεhOδ gene expreεsion. Compoundε may include, but are not limited to, small organic molecules, such as oneε that are able to croεε the blood- brain barrier, gain entry into an appropriate cell and affect expresεion of the fεhOδ gene or some other gene involved in a fshOδ regulatory pathway, or intracellular proteins. Methods for the identification of εuch intracellular proteinε are described, below, in Section 5.8.2. Such intracellular proteins may be involved in the control and/or regulation of mood. Further, among these compounds are compoundε that affect the level of fshOδ gene expression and/or fεhOδ gene product activity and that can be used in the therapeutic treatment of fshOδ disorders, ,neuropsychiatric disorders such as BAD, or oxidative stress disorderε, aε described, below, in Section 5.9.
Compoundε may include, but are not limited to, peptideε εuch aε, for example, soluble peptideε, including but not limited to, Ig-tailed fuεion peptideε, and memberε of random peptide librarieε; (see, e .g. , Lam, et al . , 1991, Nature 354, 82-84; Houghten, et al . , 1991, Nature 354, 84- 86) , and combinatorial chemistry-derived molecular library made of D- and/or L- configuration amino acidε, phosphopeptides (including, but not limited to members of random or partially degenerate, directed phosphopeptide libraries; see, e .g. , Songyang, et al . , 1993, Cell 72, 767- 778) , antibodies (including, but not limited to, polyclonal, monoclonal, humanized, anti-idiotypic, chimeric or εingle chain antibodieε, and FAb, F(ab')2 and FAb expression library fragmentε, and epitope-binding fragmentε thereof) , and εmall organic or inorganic molecules.
Such compoundε may further compriεe compoundε, in particular drugs or memberε of classes or families of drugs, known to ameliorate or exacerbate the symptoms of a neuropsychiatric disorder εuch aε BAD. Such compoundε include antidepressants such as lithium salts, carbamazepine, valproic acid, lysergic acid diethylamide (LSD) , p- chlorophenylalanine, p-propyldopacetamide dithiocarbamate derivatives e .g. , FLA 63; anti-anxiety drugs, e.g., diazepam; monoamine oxidase (MAO) inhibitors, e .g. , iproniazid, clorgyline, phenelzine and iεocarboxazid; biogenic amine uptake blockers, e.g., tricyclic antidepressants such as desipra ine, imipramine and amitriptyline; serotonin reuptake inhibitors e.g., fluoxetine; antipεychotic drugε such as phenothiazine derivatives (e.g., chlorpromazine (thorazine) and trifluopromazine) ) , butyrophenones (e.g., haloperidol (Haldol) ) , thioxanthene derivatives (e.g., chlorprothixene) , and dibenzodiazepines (e .g. , clozapine) ; benzodiazepineε; dopaminergic agoniεts and antagonists e.g., L-DOPA, cocaine, amphetamine, α-methyl-tyrosine, reεerpine, tetrabenazine, benzotropine, pargyline; noradrenergic agoniεtε and antagoniεtε e.g., clonidine, phenoxybenzamine, phentolamine, tropolone.
Compounds identified via assays εuch as those described herein may be useful, for example, in elaborating the biological function of the fεhOδ gene product, and for ameliorating fεhOδ disorders, neuropεychiatric disorders, such aε BAD, or oxidative stress disorders. Assays for testing the effectiveneεs of compounds, identified by, for example, techniques such as those described in Sections 5.8.1 - 5.8.3, are discussed, below, in Section 5.8.4.
5.8.1. ASSAYS FOR QUANTIFYING LEVELS OF PROTECTION OF HOST CELLS AGAINST OXIDATIVE STRESS CONFERRED BY EXPRESSION OF fshOδ
Test compounds that modulate activity of fεhOδ gene products can be identified by asεayε in which expression of fεhOδ in an appropriate yeast strain provides the yeast host with a defense against oxidative stress (see Babiychuk, et al., 1995, J. Biol. Chem. 270, 26224-26231, incorporated by reference in its entirety) , and in which addition of the teεt compound to the aεsay modulates (i.e., either increases or decreases) the amount of protection conferred by fεhOδ expression. The asεayε of the present invention are preferably carried out in mammalian εystems. Yeast growth is meaεured and uεed to quantitate the degree of protection, if any, that varying levels of expressed fshOδ , in the presence of varying levels of the test compound, provide to yeast cells.
In another embodiment, test compounds that modulate activity of fεhOδ gene products are identified by aεεayε in which expreεsion of fεhOδ in an appropriate bacterial strain provideε the bacterial hoεt with a defenεe againεt oxidative stress (Liu and Chang, 1994, Mol. and Bioc. Paras. 66:201- 210; Storz, 1989, J. Bact. 171:2049-2055; each of which is incorporated by reference in its entirety) , and in which addition of the test compound to the assay modulates (i.e., either increases or decreaseε) the amount of protection conferred by fεhOδ expression. Bacterial growth is meaεured and used to quantitate the degree of protection, if any, that varying levelε of expreεεed fεhOδ , in the preεence of varying levelε of the teεt compound, provide to bacterial cells. Such bacterial εtrainε can include, but are not limited to, Leiεhmania εpp. , Eεcherichia coli , and Salmonella typhimurium .
Compoundε that may be identified may include, but are not limited to, drugε or members of classes or families of drugs known to ameliorate or exacerbate the symptoms of oxidative streεε disorder. Such compounds include reduced glutathione (GSH) , glutathione precursorε, e .g. , N- acetylcyεteine; antioxidantε, e.g., vitamins E and C, beta carotene and quinones; inhibitorε of lipid membrane peroxidation, e.g., 21-aminoεteroid U74006F (tirilazad mesylate) , and lazaroids; antioxidants εuch aε mazindol; dizocilpine maleate; selegiline; εulfhydrylε N-acetyleysteine and cysteamine; dimethylthiourea; EUK-8 a εynthetic, low molecular εalen-manganeεe complex; εynthetic manganese-based metalloprotein superoxide diεmutaεe mimic, SC52608; free radical scavengers or suppresεorε, e.g., pegorgotein, tocotrienol, tocopherol, MDL 74,18, LY231617, MCI-186, AVS (nicaraven) , allopurinol, rifampicin, oxypurinol, hypochlorouε acid or recombinant human Cu,Zn-SOD.
In one specific embodiment, a teεt compound added to the assay increases the expression of fεhOδ in E. coli and increases the protection of the cellε from oxidative εtreεs.
In another εpecific embodiment, a teεt compound added to the assay decreaseε the expreεεion of fshOδ in E. coli and decreases the protection of the cells from oxidative εtreεε.
5.8.2. IN VITRO SCREENING ASSAYS FOR COMPOUNDS THAT BIND TO THE fεh05 GENE PRODUCT
In vitro εyεtemε may be designed to identify compoundε capable of binding the fεhOδ gene products of the invention. Compoundε identified may be useful, for example, in modulating the activity of unimpaired and/or mutant fεhOδ gene products, may be useful in elaborating the biological function of the fεhOδ gene product, may be utilized in εcreens for identifying compounds that disrupt normal fεhOδ gene product interactions, or may in themselves disrupt such interactions.
The principle of the assays used to identify compounds that bind to the fεhOδ gene product involves preparing a reaction mixture of the fεhOδ gene product and the teεt compound under conditions and for a time sufficient to allow the two components to interact and bind, thus forming a complex that can be removed and/or detected in the reaction mixture. These asεays can be conducted in a variety of ways. For example, one method to conduct such an assay would involve anchoring fεhOδ gene product or the test substance onto a solid phaεe and detecting fεhOδ gene product/teεt compound complexeε anchored on the εolid phaεe at the end of the reaction. In one embodiment of such a method, the fεhOδ gene product may be anchored onto a solid εurface, and the test compound, which is not anchored, may be labeled, either directly or indirectly. In practice, microtiter plates may conveniently be utilized as the solid phase. The anchored component may be immobilized by non-covalent or covalent attachments. Non- covalent attachment may be accomplished by simply coating the solid surface with a solution of the protein and drying. Alternatively, an immobilized antibody, preferably a monoclonal antibody, specific for the protein to be immobilized may be used to anchor the protein to the εolid surface. The surfaces may be prepared in advance and stored. In order to conduct the assay, the non-immobilized component is added to the coated surface containing the anchored component. After the reaction is complete, unreacted components are removed (e.g., by washing) under conditions such that any complexes formed will remain immobilized on the εolid εurface. The detection of complexes anchored on the solid surface can be accomplished in a number of ways. Where the previouεly non-immobilized component iε pre-labeled, the detection of label immobilized on the εurface indicates that complexeε were formed. Where the previously non-immobilized component is not pre-labeled, an indirect label can be used to detect complexes anchored on the surface; e.g., using a labeled antibody εpecific for the previouεly non-immobilized component (the antibody, in turn, may be directly labeled or indirectly labeled with a labeled anti-Ig antibody) .
Alternatively, a reaction can be conducted in a liquid phaεe, the reaction productε εeparated from unreacted components, and complexes detected; e.g., using an immobilized antibody specific for fεhOδ gene product or the teεt compound to anchor any complexeε formed in εolution, and a labeled antibody specific for the other component of the poεεible complex to detect anchored complexeε. 5.8.3. ASSAYS FOR INTRACELLULAR PROTEINS THAT INTERACT WITH fshOδ GENE PRODUCTS
Any method suitable for detecting protein-protein interactions may be employed for identifying fshOδ protein- protein interactions.
Among the traditional methods that may be employed are co-immunoprecipitation, cross-linking and co-purification through gradients or chromatographic columns. Utilizing procedures such as these allows for the identification of proteinε, including intracellular proteinε, that interact with fshOδ gene productε. Once iεolated, εuch a protein can be identified and can be uεed in conjunction with εtandard techniques, to identify proteins it interactε with. For example, at leaεt a portion of the amino acid sequence of a protein that interactε with the fεhOδ gene product can be aεcertained uεing techniqueε well known to thoεe of εkill in the art, εuch aε via the Edman degradation technique (see, e .g. , Creighton, 1983, "Proteinε: Structures and Molecular Principles," W.H. Freeman & Co., N.Y., pp.34-49). The amino acid εequence obtained may be uεed aε a guide for the generation of oligonucleotide mixtureε that can be uεed to εcreen for gene εequenceε encoding εuch proteinε. Screening made be acσompliεhed, for example, by standard hybridization or PCR techniques. Techniqueε for the generation of oligonucleotide mixtures and the screening are well-known. (See, e.g., Ausubel, εupra , and 1990, "PCR Protocolε: A Guide to Methods and Applications," Innis, et al . , edε. Academic Preεs, Inc., New York).
Additionally, methods may be employed that reεult in the εimultaneouε identification of geneε that encode the a protein which interactε with an fεhOδ protein. Theεe methodε include, for example, probing expression libraries with labeled fεhOδ protein, uεing fεhOδ protein in a manner εimilar to the well known technique of antibody probing of λgtll libraries.
One method that detects protein interactionε in vivo, the two-hybrid εyεtem, iε described in detail for illuεtration only and not by way of limitation, one verεion of thiε system has been described (Chien, et al . , 1991, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 88, 9578-9582) and is commercially available from Clontech (Palo Alto, CA) . Briefly, utilizing such a system, plasmids are constructed that encode two hybrid proteins: one consiεts of the DNA-binding domain of a transcription activator protein fused to the fεhOδ gene product and the other consists of the transcription activator protein'ε activation domain fused to an unknown protein that is encoded by a cDNA that has been recombined into this plasmid aε part of a cDNA library. The DNA-binding domain fusion plasmid and the cDNA library are tranεformed into a strain of the yeast Saccharomyceε cereviεiae that contains a reporter gene (e .g. , HBS or lacZ) whose regulatory region contains the tranεcription activator'ε binding site. Either hybrid protein alone cannot activate transcription of the reporter gene: the DNA-binding domain hybrid cannot because it does not provide activation function and the activation domain hybrid cannot becauεe it cannot localize to the activator'ε binding sites.
Interaction of the two hybrid proteins reconstitutes the functional activator protein and resultε in expression of the reporter gene, which is detected by an asεay for the reporter gene product. The two-hybrid εyεtem or related methodology may be uεed to εcreen activation domain librarieε for proteinε that interact with the "bait" gene product. By way of example, and not by way of limitation, fεhOδ gene productε may be uεed aε the bait gene product. Total genomic or cDNA sequences are fused to the DNA encoding an activation domain. Thiε library and a plaεmid encoding a hybrid of a bait fεhOδ gene product fuεed to the DNA-binding domain are co-tranεformed into a yeaεt reporter εtrain, and the reεulting tranεformantε are εcreened for thoεe that express the reporter gene. For example, and not by way of limitation, a bait fshOδ gene sequence, εuch aε the open reading frame of the fshOδ gene SEQ ID NO: 8, can be cloned into a vector such that it is translationally fused to the DNA encoding the DNA-binding domain of the GAL4 protein. These colonieε are purified and the library plaεmidε responsible for reporter gene expression are isolated. DNA sequencing is then used to identify the proteins encoded by the library plasmids.
A cDNA library of the cell line from which proteins that interact with bait fshOδ gene product are to be detected can be made uεing methods routinely practiced in the art. According to the particular εyεtem deεcribed herein, for example, the cDNA fragmentε can be inεerted into a vector εuch that they are tranεlationally fuεed to the tranεcriptional activation domain of GAL4. Thiε library can be co-transformed along with the bait fεhOδ gene-GAL4 fusion plasmid into a yeaεt εtrain that contains a lacZ gene driven by a promoter that contains GAL4 activation sequence. A cDNA encoded protein, fuεed to GAL4 tranεσriptional activation domain, that interactε with bait fεhOδ gene product will reconstitute an active GAL4 protein and thereby drive expression of the HIS3 gene. Colonies that express HIS3 can be detected by their growth on petri disheε containing εemi- εolid agar based media lacking histidine. The cDNA can then be purified from theεe εtrainε, and uεed to produce and iεolate the bait fεhOδ gene-interacting protein using techniqueε routinely practiced in the art.
5.8.4. ASSAYS FOR COMPOUNDS THAT INTERFERE WITH fshOδ GENE PRODUCT MACROMOLECULE INTERACTION fshOδ gene productε of the invention may, in vivo, interact with one or more macromolecules, including intracellular macromolecules, such as proteins. Such macromolecules may include, but are not limited to, nucleic acid molecules and thoεe proteinε identified via methodε εuch aε thoεe deεcribed, above, in Sections 5.8.1 - 5.8.2. For purposes of this discuεεion, the macromoleculeε are referred to herein as "binding partners" . Compounds that disrupt fεhOδ binding in this way may be useful in regulating the activity of the fεhOδ gene product, eεpecially mutant fεhOδ gene products. Such compounds may include, but are not limited to molecules such as peptides, and the like, as described, for example, in Section 5.8.2 above, which would be capable of gaining access to an fεhOδ gene product. The basic principle of the assay systems used to identify compounds that interfere with the interaction between the fshOδ gene product and itε binding partner or partnerε involveε preparing a reaction mixture containing the fshOδ gene product, and the binding partner under conditionε and for a time sufficient to allow the two to interact and bind, thus forming a complex. In order to test a compound for inhibitory activity, the reaction mixture iε prepared in the preεence and absence of the test compound. The test compound may be initially included in the reaction mixture, or may be added at a time subsequent to the addition of fshOδ gene product and its binding partner. Control reaction mixtures are incubated without the teεt compound or with a placebo. The formation of any complexeε between the fεhOδ gene protein and the binding partner is then detected. The formation of a complex in the control reaction, but not in the reaction mixture containing the test compound, indicateε that the compound interferes with the interaction of the fεhOδ gene protein and the interactive binding partner. Additionally, complex formation within reaction mixtures containing the test compound and normal fεhOδ gene protein may also be compared to complex formation within reaction mixtures containing the test compound and a mutant fεhOδ gene protein. Thiε compariεon may be important in thoεe cases wherein it is desirable to identify compoundε that diεrupt interactionε of mutant but not normal fshOδ gene proteinε. The aεsay for compounds that interfere with the interaction of the fεhOδ gene productε and binding partnerε can be conducted in a heterogeneous or homogeneous format. Heterogeneouε assays involve anchoring either the fεhOδ gene product or the binding partner onto a solid phaεe and detecting complexeε anchored on the εolid phaεe at the end of the reaction. In homogeneous assays, the entire reaction iε carried out in a liquid phase. In either approach, the order of addition of reactants can be varied to obtain different information about the compounds being tested. For example, test compounds that interfere with the interaction between the fshOδ gene products and the binding partners, e.g., by competition, can be identified by conducting the reaction in the presence of the test substance; i.e., by adding the test subεtance to the reaction mixture prior to or simultaneously with the fεhOδ gene protein and interactive intracellular binding partner. Alternatively, test compounds that disrupt preformed complexes, e.g. , compounds with higher binding constants that displace one of the components from the complex, can be teεted by adding the teεt compound to the reaction mixture after complexes have been formed. The various formats are deεcribed briefly below.
In a heterogeneouε aεεay εystem, either the fεhOδ gene product or the interactive binding partner, is anchored onto a solid surface, while the non-anchored specieε is labeled, either directly or indirectly. In practice, microtiter plates are conveniently utilized. The anchored species may be immobilized by non-covalent or covalent attachments. Non-covalent attachment may be accompliεhed simply by coating the solid surface with a solution of the fshOδ gene product or binding partner and drying. Alternatively, an immobilized antibody εpecific for the species to be anchored may be used to anchor the specieε to the εolid εurface. The surfaces may be prepared in advance and stored.
In order to conduct the aεεay, the partner of the immobilized species is expoεed to the coated surface with or without the test compound. After the reaction iε complete, unreacted componentε are removed (e.g., by waεhing) and any complexes formed will remain immobilized on the solid surface. The detection of complexes anchored on the solid surface can be accomplished in a number of ways. Where the non-immobilized εpecies is pre-labeled, the detection of label immobilized on the surface indicates that complexeε were formed. Where the non-immobilized specieε is not pre- labeled, an indirect label can be used to detect complexeε anchored on the surface; e.g., using a labeled antibody specific for the initially non-immobilized species (the antibody, in turn, may be directly labeled or indirectly labeled with a labeled anti-Ig antibody) . Depending upon the order of addition of reaction components, teεt compoundε that inhibit complex formation or that disrupt preformed complexeε can be detected. Alternatively, the reaction can be conducted in a liquid phase in the presence or absence of the test compound, the reaction productε separated from unreacted componentε, and complexeε detected; e.g., uεing an immobilized antibody specific for one of the binding componentε to anchor any complexes formed in solution, and a labeled antibody specific for the other partner to detect anchored complexes. Again, depending upon the order of addition of reactants to the liquid phase, test compounds that inhibit complex or that disrupt preformed complexes can be identified. In an alternate embodiment of the invention, a homogeneous aεεay can be uεed. In thiε approach, a preformed complex of the fεhOδ gene protein and the interactive binding partner iε prepared in which either the fεhOδ gene product or its binding partners iε labeled, but the εignal generated by the label is quenched due to complex formation (see, e.g., U.S. Patent No. 4,109,496 by Rubenεtein which utilizeε thiε approach for immunoassays) . The addition of a test substance that competes with and displaceε one of the εpecies from the preformed complex will result in the generation of a signal above background. In thiε way, test substances that diεrupt fshOδ gene protein/binding partner interaction can be identified.
In a particular embodiment, the fshOδ gene product can be prepared for immobilization uεing recombinant DNA techniqueε deεcribed in Section 5.2. above. For example, the fshOδ coding region can be fuεed to a glutathione-S- tranεferaεe (GST) gene uεing a fuεion vector, εuch aε pGEX- 5X-1, in such a manner that its binding activity is maintained in the resulting fusion protein. The interactive binding partner can be purified and used to raise a monoclonal antibody, using methods routinely practiced in the art and described above, in Section 5.3. This antibody can be labeled with the radioactive isotope 125I, for example, by methods routinely practiced in the art. In a heterogeneous assay, e.g., the GST-fsh05 fusion protein can be anchored to glutathione-agarose beads. The interactive binding partner can then be added in the presence or absence of the test compound in a manner that allows interaction and binding to occur. At the end of the reaction period, unbound material can be washed away, and the labeled monoclonal antibody can be added to the system and allowed to bind to the complexed componentε. The interaction between the fshOδ gene protein and the interactive binding partner can be detected by measuring the amount of radioactivity that remains asεociated with the glutathione-agaroεe beads. A successful inhibition of the interaction by the test compound will reεult in a decreaεe in meaεured radioactivity.
Alternatively, the GST-fεhOδ gene fuεion protein and the interactive binding partner can be mixed together in liquid in the abεence of the εolid glutathione-agaroεe beadε. The test compound can be added either during or after the species are allowed to interact. This mixture can then be added to the glutathione-agarose beads and unbound material is waεhed away. Again the extent of inhibition of the fεhOδ gene product/binding partner interaction can be detected by adding the labeled antibody and meaεuring the radioactivity aεεociated with the beadε.
In another embodiment of the invention, theεe εame techniques can be employed using peptide fragmentε that correεpond to the binding domainε of the fεhOδ protein and/or the interactive or binding partner (in cases where the binding partner iε a protein) , in place of one or both of the full length proteinε. Any number of methodε routinely practiced in the art can be uεed to identify and isolate the binding siteε. These methods include, but are not limited to, mutagenesis of the gene encoding one of the proteins and screening for disruption of binding in a co- immunoprecipitation assay. Compensating mutations in the gene encoding the second species in the complex can then be selected. Sequence analysis of the genes encoding the respective proteins will reveal the mutations that correspond to the region of the protein involved in interactive binding. Alternatively, one protein can be anchored to a solid surface using methods described in thiε Section above, and allowed to interact with and bind to itε labeled binding partner, which has been treated with a proteolytic enzyme, such aε trypsin. After washing, a short, labeled peptide comprising the binding domain may remain associated with the solid material, which can be isolated and identified by amino acid sequencing. Also, once the gene coding for the segments can be engineered to express peptide fragments of the protein, which can then be teεted for binding activity and purified or εynthesized. For example, and not by way of limitation, a fεhOδ gene product can be anchored to a εolid material aε described, above, in this Section by making a GST-f εhOδ fusion protein and allowing it to bind to glutathione agarose beads. The interactive binding partner obtained can be labeled with a radioactive isotope, such aε 35S, and cleaved with a proteolytic enzyme εuch aε trypεin. Cleavage productε can then be added to the anchored GST-fsh05 fuεion protein and allowed to bind. After washing away unbound peptides, labeled bound material, repreεenting the binding partner binding domain, can be eluted, purified, and analyzed for amino acid sequence by well-known methods. Peptides so identified can be produced synthetically or fused to appropriate facilitative proteins using recombinant DNA technology. 5.8.5. ASSAYS FOR IDENTIFICATION OF COMPOUNDS THAT AMELIORATE A fshOδ DISORDER, A NEUROPSYCHIATRIC DISORDER, OR AN OXIDATIVE STRESS DISORDER
Compounds, including but not limited to binding compounds identified via assay techniques εuch aε thoεe deεcribed, above, in Sections 5.8.1 - 5.8.4, can be tested for the ability to ameliorate symptomε of a fshOδ diεorder or a disorder of thought and/or mood, including thought disorders such aε εchizophrenia, εchizotypal personality disorder; psychosis; mood disorders, such as schizoaffective disorders (e .g. , schizoaffective disorder manic type (SAD-M) ; bipolar affective (mood) disorders, such as εevere bipolar affective (mood) diεorder (BP-I) , bipolar affective (mood) disorder with hypomania and major depression (BP-II) ; unipolar affective diεorders, εuch aε unipolar major depressive disorder (MDD) , dyεthymic diεorder; obsessive- compulsive disorderε; phobiaε, e.g., agoraphobia; panic diεorders; generalized anxiety disorderε; εomatization diεorders and hypochondriasiε; and attention deficit disorders.
In a specific embodiment, a compound that ameliorates symptoms of an fεhOδ disorder decreases or ameliorates the effects of tissue damage, owing to the accumulation of oxidative streεε, in a condition, including, but not limited to autoimmunity, inflammation, ischemia, head trauma, cataracts, and neurological diεorders such as stroke, Parkinson's diseaεe and Alzheimer 'ε disease.
It should be noted that the asεays described herein can identify compounds that affect fεhOδ gene activity by either affecting fεhOδ gene expreεεion or by affecting the level of fshOδ gene product activity. For example, compoundε may be identified that are involved in another step in the pathway in which the fεhOδ gene and/or fεhOδ gene product iε involved and, by affecting this same pathway may modulate the effect of fεhOδ on the development of a neuropsychiatric diεorder εuch aε BAD, or an oxidative εtreεε diεorder Such compounds can be used as part of a therapeutic method for the treatment of the disorder.
Described below are cell-based and animal model- based assays for the identi ication of compounds exhibiting such an ability to ameliorate symptoms of a fshOδ disorder, a neuropsychiatric disorder, such as BAD, or an oxidative stresε disorder.
First, cell-based syεtemε can be uεed to identify compoundε that may act to ameliorate symptoms of a fshOδ disorder, a neuropsychiatric disorder, such as BAD, or an oxidative streεε diεorder. Such cell εyεtems can include, for example, recombinant or non-recombinant cell, such as cell lineε, that expreεε the fεhOδ gene.
In utilizing such cell εystems, cellε that express fshOδ may be exposed to a compound εuεpected of exhibiting an ability to ameliorate symptoms of a fshOδ disorder, a neuropsychiatric disorder, such as BAD, or an oxidative εtreεε diεorder, at a sufficient concentration and for a sufficient time to elicit such an amelioration of such symptomε in the exposed cells. After exposure, the cells can be assayed to measure alterations in the expression of the fshOδ gene, e.g., by assaying cell lysateε for fshOδ mRNA tranεcriptε (e.g., by Northern analyεiε) or for fεhOδ gene productε expreεεed by the cell; compoundε that modulate expreεεion of the fshOδ gene are good candidates as therapeutics. Alternatively, the cells are examined to determine whether one or more cellular phenotypeε aεεociated with an fεhOδ disorder, a neuropsychiatric diεorder, εuch aε BAD, or an oxidative εtreεε diεorder, has been altered to reεemble a more normal or unimpaired, unaffected phenotype, or a phenotype more likely to produce a lower incidence or severity of disorder symptomε.
In addition, animal-baεed εystems or models for a fshOδ diεorder, a neuropεychiatric diεorder, εuch aε BAD, or an oxidative εtreεε diεorder, which may include, for example, fshOδ mice, may be uεed to identify compoundε capable of ameliorating εymptomε of the diεorder. Such animal modelε may be used as test substrateε for the identification of drugε, pharmaceuticals, therapies and interventions that may be effective in treating such disorderε. For example, animal modelε may be expoεed to a compound εuspected of exhibiting 5 an ability to ameliorate symptoms, at a sufficient concentration and for a sufficient time to elicit such an amelioration of symptomε of a fshOδ diεorder, a neuropεychiatric disorder, such as BAD, or an oxidative εtreεε disorder, in the exposed animals. The responεe of the
10 animalε to the exposure may be monitored by assessing the reversal of such symptoms.
With regard to intervention, any treatments that reverse any aspect of symptomε of a fshOδ disorder, a neuropsychiatric disorder, such as BAD, or an oxidative
15 stresε diεorder, εhould be conεidered aε candidateε for human therapeutic intervention in εuch a diεorder. Dosages of test agents may be determined by deriving dose-reεponεe curveε, aε discussed in Section 5.10.1, below.
20 5.9. COMPOUNDS AND METHODS FOR THE TREATMENT OF fεhOδ, NEUROPSYCHIATRIC OR OXIDATIVE STRESS DISORDERS
Described below are methods and compositionε whereby a fεhOδ disorder, a disorder of thought and/or mood, such as BAD, or an oxidative streεε diεorder, may be treated.
For example, εuch methodε can compriεe administering compounds which modulate the expression of a mammalian fshOδ gene and/or the syntheεiε or activity of a mammalian fshOδ gene product εo εymptoms of the disorder are 3 _0_ ameliorated.
Alternatively, in those instances whereby the mammalian fshOδ , neuropsychiatric, or oxidative εtreεε disorders result from fεhOδ gene mutations, εuch methodε can comprise εupplying the mammal with a nucleic acid molecule encoding an unimpaired fεhOδ gene product εuch that an unimpaired fshOδ gene product iε expreεεed and εymptomε of the disorder are ameliorated. In another embodiment of methods for the treatment of mammalian fεhOδ, neuropsychiatric, or oxidative stress disorders resulting from fεhOδ gene mutations, such methods can comprise supplying the mammal with a cell comprising a nucleic acid molecule that encodes an unimpaired fεhOδ gene product such that the cell expresses the unimpaired fshOδ gene product and symptomε of the diεorder are ameliorated.
In cases in which a loss of normal fεhOδ gene product function resultε in the development of a fεhOδ disorder, a neuropsychiatric diεorder, or an oxidative εtress disorder phenotype, an increase in fshOδ gene product activity would facilitate progreεε towardε an asymptomatic state in individuals exhibiting a deficient level of fshOδ gene expression and/or fshOδ gene product activity. Methods for enhancing the expresεion or synthesis of fεhOδ can include, for example, methods such as those described below, in Section 5.9.2.
Alternatively, symptomε of fshoOδ diεorders, neuropεychiatric diεorders, such as BAD, or oxidative εtress disorder, may be ameliorated by administering a compound that decreaseε the level of fshOδ gene expreεεion and/or fεhOδ gene product activity. Methodε for inhibiting or reducing the level of fεhOδ εyntheεiε or expreεεion can include, for example, methodε such as those described in Section 5.9.1. In one embodiment of treatment methods, the compoundε administered comprise compounds, in particular drugs, reported to ameliorate or exacerbate the symptomε of a neuropsychiatric disorder, such as BAD. Such compounds include antidepressants such as lithium saltε, carbamazepine, valproic acid, lyεergic acid diethylamide (LSD) , p- chlorophenylalanine, p-propyldopacetamide dithiocarbamate derivativeε e.g., FLA 63; anti-anxiety drugε, e.g., diazepam; monoamine oxidaεe (MAO) inhibitors, e.g., iproniazid, clorgyline, phenelzine and iεocarboxazid; biogenic amine uptake blockers, e.g., tricyclic antidepressants such as desipramine, imipramine and amitriptyline; serotonin reuptake inhibitors e.g., fluoxetine; antipsychotic drugs such as phenothiazine derivatives (e.g., chlorpromazine (thorazine) and trifluopromazine) ) , butyrophenones (e.g., haloperidol (Haldol)), thioxanthene derivatives (e.g., chlorprothixene) , and dibenzodiazepineε (e.g., clozapine) ; benzodiazepines; dopaminergic agonists and antagonists e.g., L-DOPA, cocaine, amphetamine, α-methyl-tyrosine, reserpine, tetrabenazine, benzotropine, pargyline; noradrenergic agonists and antagonists e .g. , clonidine, phenoxybenzamine, phentolamine, tropolone.
In another embodiment of the treatment methods, the compounds administered comprise compounds, in particular drugs, reported to ameliorate or exacerbate the symptomε of oxidative εtress disorder. Such compounds include reduced glutathione (GSH) , glutathione precurεorε, e.g., N- acetylcystein ; antioxidants, e.g., vitaminε E and C, beta carotene and quinoneε; inhibitors of lipid membrane peroxidation, e.g., 21-aminosteroid U74006F (tirilazad mesylate) , and lazaroids; antioxidantε εuch as mazindol; dizocilpine maleate; selegiline; sulfhydryls N-acetyleysteine and cysteamine; dimethylthiourea; EUK-8 a synthetic, low molecular salen-manganese complex; synthetic manganese-baεed metalloprotein εuperoxide diεmutaεe mimic, SC52608; free radical εcavengers or suppressors, e.g., pegorgotein, tocotrienol, tocopherol, MDL 74,18, LY231617, MCI-186, AVS
(nicaraven) , allopurinol, rifampicin, oxypurinol, hypochlorous acid or recombinant human Cu,Zn-SOD.
5.9.1. INHIBITORY ANTISENSE, RIBOZYME AND TRIPLE HELIX APPROACHES
In another embodiment, εymptomε of certain fεhoOδ diεorders, neuropsychiatric disorderε, εuch as BAD, or oxidative stresε diεorders may be ameliorated by decreasing the level of fεhOδ gene expression and/or fεhOδ gene product activity by using fεhOδ gene sequences in conjunction with well-known antisenεe, gene "knock-out," ribozyme and/or triple helix methodε to decreaεe the level of fεhOδ gene expression. Among the compounds that may exhibit the ability to modulate the activity, expression or synthesis of the fshOδ gene, including the ability to ameliorate the symptoms of a fεhOδ disorder, a neuropsychiatric disorder, such as BAD, or an oxidative εtreεs disorder are antisense, ribozyme, and triple helix molecules. Such molecules may be designed to reduce or inhibit either unimpaired, or if appropriate, mutant target gene activity. Techniques for the production and use of such molecules are well known to those of skill in the art. Antisense RNA and DNA molecules act to directly block the translation of mRNA by hybridizing to targeted mRNA and preventing protein translation. Antisenεe approacheε involve the design of oligonucleotides that are complementary to a target gene mRNA. The antisenεe oligonucleotideε will bind to the complementary target gene mRNA transcripts and prevent translation. Absolute complementarity, although preferred, is not required.
A sequence "complementary" to a portion of an RNA, as referred to herein, means a sequence having sufficient complementarity to be able to hybridize with the RNA, forming a εtable duplex; in the case of double-εtranded antiεenεe nucleic acids, a single strand of the duplex DNA may thus be tested, or triplex formation may be assayed. The ability to hybridize will depend on both the degree of complementarity and the length of the antisense nucleic acid. Generally, the longer the hybridizing nucleic acid, the more base mismatcheε with an RNA it may contain and still form a stable duplex (or triplex, as the case may be) . One εkilled in the art can ascertain a tolerable degree of mismatch by use of standard procedures to determine the melting point of the hybridized complex.
In one embodiment, oligonucleotides complementary to non-coding regions of the fεhOδ gene could be used in an antisense approach to inhibit translation of endogenous fεhOδ mRNA. Antisense nucleic acids should be at least six nucleotides in length, and are preferably oligonucleotides ranging from 6 to about 50 nucleotides in length. In specific aspects the oligonucleotide is at least 10 nucleotides, at least 17 nucleotides, at least 25 nucleotides or at least 50 nucleotides.
Regardless of the choice of target sequence, it is preferred that in vitro studieε are first performed to quantitate the ability of the antiεenεe oligonucleotide to inhibit gene expreεεion. It is preferred that these studies utilize controls that distinguish between antisenεe gene inhibition and nonεpecific biological effectε of oligonucleotideε. It iε also preferred that these εtudies compare levels of the target RNA or protein with that of an internal control RNA or protein. Additionally, it is envisioned that results obtained using the antisense oligonucleotide are compared with those obtained using a control oligonucleotide. It is preferred that the control oligonucleotide is of approximately the same length as the test oligonucleotide and that the nucleotide sequence of the oligonucleotide differs from the antisense sequence no more than is necesεary to prevent specific hybridization to the target εequence.
The oligonucleotides can be DNA or RNA or chimeric mixtures or derivatives or modified versions thereof, single- stranded or double-stranded. The oligonucleotide can be modified at the base moiety, sugar moiety, or phosphate backbone, for example, to improve stability of the molecule, hybridization, etc. The oligonucleotide may include other appended groups such as peptides (e.g., for targeting host cell receptors in vivo) , or agents facilitating transport across the cell membrane (see, e . g. , Letεinger, et al . , 1989, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 86, 6553-6556; Lemaitre, et al . , 1987, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 84, 648-652; PCT Publication No. WO88/09810, publiεhed December 15, 1988) or the blood-brain barrier (see, e.g., PCT Publication No. WO89/10134, published April 25, 1988), hybridization- triggered cleavage agents (see, e.g., Krol et al . , 1988,
BioTechniqueε 6, 958-976) or intercalating agentε (εee, e.g., Zon, 1988, Phar . Reε. 5, 539-549). To thiε end, the oligonucleotide may be conjugated to another molecule, e.g., a peptide, hybridization triggered cross-linking agent, transport agent, hybridization-triggered cleavage agent, etc. The antisense oligonucleotide may comprise at least one modified base moiety which is selected from the group including but not limited to 5-fluorouracil, 5-bromouracil, 5-chlorouracil, 5-iodouracil, hypoxanthine, xanthine, 4-acetylcytosine, 5-(carboxyhydroxylmethyl) uracil, 5-carboxymethylaminomethyl-2-thiouridine, 5-carboxymethylaminomethyluracil, dihydrouracil, beta-D- galactoεylqueoεine, inosine, N6-isopentenyladenine, 1-methylguanine, 1-methylinosine, 2 , 2-dimethylguanine, 2-methyladenine, 2-methylguanine, 3-methylcytosine, 5-methylcytosine, N6-adenine, 7-methylguanine, 5-methylaminomethyluracil, 5-methoxyaminomethyl-2-thiouracil, beta-D-mannosylqueosine, 5 ' -methoxycarboxymethyluracil, 5-methoxyuracil, 2-methylthio-N6-isopentenyladenine, uracil-5-oxyacetic acid (v) , wybutoxosine, pseudouracil, queosine, 2-thiocytosine, 5-methyl-2-thiouracil, 2-thiouracil, 4-thiouracil, 5-methyluracil, uracil-
5-oxyacetic acid methylester, uracil-5-oxyacetic acid (v) , 5-methyl-2-thiouracil, 3-(3-amino-3-N-2-carboxypropyl) uracil, (acp3)w, and 2,6-diaminopurine.
The antisense oligonucleotide may also comprise at least one modified sugar moiety selected from the group including but not limited to arabinose, 2-fluoroarabinose, xylulose, and hexose.
In yet another embodiment, the antisense oligonucleotide comprises at least one modified phoεphate backbone εelected from the group conεiεting of a phoεphorothioate, a phoεphorodithioate, a phoεphoramidothioate, a phosphoramidate, a phosphordiamidate, a methylphoεphonate, an alkyl phoεphotrieεter, and a formacetal or analog thereof. In yet another embodiment, the antiεenεe oligonucleotide iε an α-anomeric oligonucleotide. An α- anomeric oligonucleotide formε εpecific double-εtranded hybrids with complementary RNA in which, contrary to the usual j8-units, the strands run parallel to each other (Gautier, et al . , 1987, Nucl. Acids Res. 15, 6625-6641). The oligonucleotide is a 2'-0-methylribonucleotide (Inoue, et al . , 1987, Nucl. Acids Res. 15, 6131-6148), or a chimeric RNA-DNA analogue (Inoue, et al . , 1987, FEBS Lett. 215, 327- 330) .
Oligonucleotides of the invention may be syntheεized by εtandard methodε known in the art, e .g. by uεe of an automated DNA synthesizer (such as are commercially available from Biosearch, Applied Biosystems, etc.). As examples, phosphorothioate oligonucleotides may be syntheεized by the method of Stein, et al . (1988, Nucl. Acidε Res. 16, 3209), methylphosphonate oligonucleotides can be prepared by use of controlled pore glasε polymer εupports
(Sarin, et al . , 1988, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 85, 7448- 7451) , etc.
While antisense nucleotides complementary to the target gene coding region sequence could be used, those complementary to the transcribed, untranslated region are most preferred. For example, antiεenεe oligonucleotideε having the following sequences can be utilized in accordance with the invention:
1) 5 • -CTGTAGTTGA-3 •
2) 5 • -CTGTAGTTGATAAGTCG-3 '
3) 5 ' -CTGTAGTTGATAAGTCGTCCGGCGA-3 •
4) 5 '-CTGTAGTTGATAAGTCGTCCGGCGATACTGGGGAGTCAATTCGGAGGGAA-3 '
5) 5 ' -TGTGACCTTTTTAACATCAACTTAA-3 '
6. 5 ' -TGTGACCTTTTTAACATCAACTTAATGGAGTGAGACAGTTGTCATTCGAC-3 ' ANTISENSE MOLECULES:
1. 5' TACAGCATGC 3' (10 bases)
2. 5' TACAGCATGCGGGCGGT 3' (17 bases)
3. 5' TACAGCATGCGGGCGGTGAAGGACC 3' (25 bases)
4. 5' TACAGCATGCGGGCGGTGAAGGACCTGAAGGTCCCGAGGCGGTAAGGGGT 3' (50 bases)
5. 5' TGTGACCTTTTTAACATCAACTTAA 3' (25 bases, end of coding region)
6. 5' TGTGACCTTTTTAACATCAACTTAATGGAGTGAGACAGTTGTCATTCGAC 3' (50 bases, end of coding region)
Antisense molecules should be delivered to cells that express the target gene in vivo . A number of methods have been developed for delivering antisense DNA or RNA to cells; e.g., antisense molecules can be injected directly into the tissue site, or modified antisense molecules, designed to target the desired cells (e.g., antisense linked to peptides or antibodies that specifically bind receptors or antigens expressed on the target cell surface) can be administered systemically.
However, it is often difficult to achieve intracellular concentrations of the antisenεe sufficient to suppress translation of endogenous mRNAs. Therefore a preferred approach utilizes a recombinant DNA construct in which the antisense oligonucleotide iε placed under the control of a strong pol III or pol II promoter. The uεe of εuch a construct to transfect target cellε in the patient will result in the transcription of sufficient amounts of single stranded RNAs that will form complementary base pairs with the endogenous target gene transcripts and thereby prevent translation of the target gene mRNA. For example, a vector can be introduced e.g., εuch that it is taken up by a cell and directs the transcription of an antisense RNA. Such a vector can remain episomal or become chromosomally integrated, as long as it can be transcribed to produce the desired antisense RNA. Such vectors can be constructed by recombinant DNA technology methods standard in the art. Vectors can be plasmid, viral, or others known in the art, used for replication and expression in mammalian cells. Expression of the sequence encoding the antisenεe RNA can be by any promoter known in the art to act in mammalian, preferably human cellε. Such promoters can be inducible or constitutive. Such promoters include but are not limited to: the SV40 early promoter region (Bernoist and Chambon, 1981, Nature 290, 304-310), the promoter contained in the 3' long terminal repeat of Rous εarcoma viruε (Yamamoto, et al . ,
1980, Cell 22, 787-797), the herpes thymidine kinase promoter (Wagner, et al . , 1981, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 78, 1441-1445) , the regulatory sequences of the metallothionein gene (Brinster, et al . , 1982, Nature 296, 39-42), etc. Any type of plasmid, cosmid, YAC or viral vector can be used to prepare the recombinant DNA construct which can be introduced directly into the tisεue site. Alternatively, viral vectors can be used that selectively infect the desired tissue, in which case administration may be accomplished by another route (e .g. , systemically).
Ribozyme molecules designed to catalytically cleave target gene mRNA transcripts can also be used to prevent translation of target gene mRNA and, therefore, expreεεion of target gene product. (See, e.g., PCT International Publication WO90/11364, published October 4, 1990; Sarver, et al., 1990, Science 247, 1222-1225).
Ribozymes are enzymatic RNA moleculeε capable of catalyzing the εpecific cleavage of RNA. (For a review, εee Rossi, 1994, Current Biology 4, 469-471). The mechanism of ribozyme action involves sequence specific hybridization of the ribozyme molecule to complementary target RNA, followed by an endonucleolytic cleavage event. The composition of ribozyme molecules must include one or more sequences complementary to the target gene mRNA, and must include the well known catalytic sequence responsible for mRNA cleavage. For this sequence, see, e.g., U.S. Patent No. 5,093,246, which is incorporated herein by reference in itε entirety. While ribozymes that cleave mRNA at site specific recognition sequences can be used to destroy target gene mRNAs, the use of hammerhead ribozymes is preferred. Hammerhead ribozymes cleave mRNAs at locations dictated by flanking regions that form complementary base pairs with the target mRNA. The sole requirement is that the target mRNA have the following sequence of two baseε: 5'-UG-3'. The construction and production of hammerhead ribozymes is well known in the art and is described more fully in Myers, 1995, Molecular Biology and Biotechnology: A Comprehensive Deεk Reference , VCH Publishers, New York, (see especially Figure 4, page 833) and in Haseloff and Gerlach, 1988, Nature, 334, 585-591, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. Preferably the ribozyme is engineered so that the cleavage recognition site is located near the 5 ' end of the target gene mRNA, i.e., to increase efficiency and minimize the intracellular accumulation of non-functional mRNA transcripts. For example, hammerhead ribozymes having the following sequences can be utilized in accordance with the invention:
1) 5 '-UUCGAAACCUAUGUCAAAGCAGGNNNNCCUGAGNAGUCAGGGAGGCUU-3 ' which will cleave between nucleotides 48 and 49 in
Figure 1.
2) 5 • -AAAGGGAGGCUUAACUGAGGGGUCAAAGCAGGNNNNCCUGAGNAGUCAGCG GCCUGCUGAAUAGUUGAUGUC -3' which will cleave between nucleotides 25 and 26 in Figure 1.
HAMMERHEAD RIBOZYMES: 1. 5'- GGG AAU GGC GGA GCC CUG GAA GUC
[CA] GAA GUG GCG GGC GUA CGA CAU -3'
2. 5'- GUU GGG GCU CAG CCG GGU CAC [CA] CAG CUU CUG CAU GGC
UUG -3'
The ribozymes of the present invention also include RNA endoribonucleaseε (hereinafter "Cech-type ribozymeε") such as the one that occurs naturally in Tetrahymena thermophila (known as the IVS, or L-19 IVS RNA) and that has been extensively described by Thomas Cech and collaborators (Zaug, et al . , 1984, Science, 224, 574-578; Zaug and Cech, 1986, Science, 231, 470-475; Zaug, et al . , 1986, Nature, 324, 429-433; published International patent application No. WO 88/04300 by University Patents Inc.; Been and Cech, 1986, Cell, 47, 207-216). The Cech-type ribozymes have an eight base pair active site which hybridizes to a target RNA sequence whereafter cleavage of the target RNA takes place. The invention encompasses those Cech-type ribozymes which target eight baεe-pair active εite sequences that are present in the target gene.
As in the antisenεe approach, the ribozymes can be compoεed of modified oligonucleotideε (e.g., for improved εtability, targeting, etc.) and εhould be delivered to cells that express the target gene in vivo . A preferred method of delivery involves using a DNA construct "encoding" the ribozyme under the control of a strong constitutive pol III or pol II promoter, so that transfected cells will produce sufficient quantities of the ribozyme to destroy endogenous target gene mesεageε and inhibit translation. Because ribozymes unlike antisense molecules, are catalytic, a lower intracellular concentration is required for efficiency. Endogenous target gene expresεion can also be reduced by inactivating or "knocking out" the target gene or its promoter using targeted homologous recombination (e.g., see Smithies, et al . , 1985, Nature 317, 230-234; Thomas and Capecchi, 1987, Cell 51, 503-512; Thompson, et al . , 1989, Cell 5, 313-321; each of which is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety) . For example, a mutant, non- functional target gene (or a completely unrelated DNA sequence) flanked by DNA homologous to the endogenous target gene (either the coding regions or regulatory regions of the target gene) can be uεed, with or without a selectable marker and/or a negative selectable marker, to tranεfect cellε that express the target gene in vivo. Insertion of the DNA construct, via targeted homologous recombination, resultε in inactivation of the target gene. Such approacheε are particularly suited in the agricultural field where modifications to ES (embryonic stem) cells can be used to generate animal offspring with an inactive target gene (e.g., see Thomas and Capecchi, 1987 and Thompεon, 1989, εupra) . However this approach can be adapted for use in humans provided the recombinant DNA conεtructs are directly administered or targeted to the required site in vivo using appropriate viral vectors.
Alternatively, endogenous target gene expresεion can be reduced by targeting deoxyribonucleotide sequences complementary to the regulatory region of the target gene (i . e . , the target gene promoter and/or enhancers) to form triple helical structures that prevent transcription of the target gene in target cells in the body. (See generally, Helene, 1991, Anticancer Drug Des. , 6(6), 569-584; Helene, et al . , 1992, Ann. N.Y. Acad. Sci., 660, 27-36; and Maher, 1992, Bioaεεays 14(12), 807-815). Nucleic acid moleculeε to be uεed in triplex helix formation for the inhibition of tranεcription εhould be single stranded and composed of deoxynucleotideε. The baεe compoεition of theεe oligonucleotideε muεt be designed to promote triple helix formation via Hoogsteen baεe pairing ruleε, which generally require εizeable stretches of either purines or pyrimidines to be present on one strand of a duplex. Nucleotide sequenceε may be pyrimidine-baεed, which will result in TAT and CGC+ triplets across the three associated strandε of the resulting triple helix. The pyrimidine-rich moleculeε provide base complementarity to a purine-rich region of a single strand of the duplex in a parallel orientation to that strand. In addition, nucleic acid molecules may be chosen that are purine-rich, for example, contain a stretch of G residues. These molecules will form a triple helix with a DNA duplex that is rich in GC pairs, in which the majority of the purine residues are located on a single strand of the targeted duplex, resulting in GGC triplets acroεs the three strands in the triplex.
Alternatively, the potential sequences that can be targeted for triple helix formation may be increaεed by creating a εo called "εwitchback" nucleic acid molecule. Switchback moleculeε are εyntheεized in an alternating 5 ' -3 ' , 3'-5' manner, εuch that they baεe pair with firεt one εtrand of a duplex and then the other, eliminating the neceεsity for a sizeable stretch of either purines or pyrimidineε to be present on one εtrand of a duplex. In inεtanceε wherein the antiεense, ribozyme, and/or triple helix molecules described herein are utilized to inhibit mutant gene expresεion, it is possible that the technique may so efficiently reduce or inhibit the transcription (triple helix) and/or translation (antisense, ribozyme) of mRNA produced by normal target gene alleles that the possibility may arise wherein the concentration of normal target gene product preεent may be lower than iε neceεεary for a normal phenotype. In εuch caεes, to ensure that substantially normal levels of target gene activity are maintained, therefore, nucleic acid molecules that encode and express target gene polypeptides exhibiting normal target gene activity may, be introduced into cells via gene therapy methods such as those deεcribed, below, in Section 5.9.2 that do not contain sequences suεceptible to whatever antiεense, ribozyme, or triple helix treatments are being utilized. Alternatively, in instances whereby the target gene encodes an extracellular protein, it may be preferable to co- administer normal target gene protein in order to maintain the requisite level of target gene activity.
Anti-sense RNA and DNA, ribozyme, and triple helix molecules of the invention may be prepared by any method known in the art for the synthesis of DNA and RNA molecules, as discussed above. These include techniques for chemically synthesizing oligodeoxyribonucleotides and oligoribonucleotides well known in the art εuch as for example solid phase phosphoramidite chemical synthesis. Alternatively, RNA molecules may be generated by in vitro and in vivo transcription of DNA sequences encoding the antisense RNA molecule. Such DNA sequences may be incorporated into a wide variety of vectors that incorporate suitable RNA polymerase promoters such as the T7 or SP6 polymerase promoters. Alternatively, antisenεe cDNA constructs that synthesize antisense RNA constitutively or inducibly, depending on the promoter uεed, can be introduced εtably into cell lineε.
5.9.2. GENE REPLACEMENT THERAPY
With respect to an increase in the level of normal fεhOδ gene expreεsion and/or fεhOδ gene product activity, fshOδ gene nucleic acid sequences, described, above, in Section 5.1, can, for example, be utilized for the treatment of a fshOδ disorder, a neuropsychiatric disorder, such as BAD, or an oxidative εtreεε disorder. Such treatment can be administered, for example, in the form of gene replacement therapy. Specifically, one or more copies of a normal fεhOδ gene or a portion of the fεhOδ gene that directs the production of a fεhOδ gene product exhibiting normal fεhOδ gene function, may be inserted into the appropriate cells within a patient, using vectors that include, but are not limited to adenoviruε, adeno-aεεociated viruε, and retrovirus vectors, in addition to other particles that introduce DNA into cells, such as liposomeε.
Becauεe the fεhOδ gene iε expressed in the brain, such gene replacement therapy techniques should be capable delivering fεhOδ gene sequences to these cell types within patients. Thus, in one embodiment, techniques that are well known to those of skill in the art (see, e.g., PCT Publication No. WO89/10134, published April 25, 1988) can be used to enable fεhOδ gene sequences to cross the blood-brain barrier readily and to deliver the sequences to cells in the brain. With respect to delivery that is capable of crossing the blood-brain barrier, viral vectors such aε, for example, thoεe described above, are preferable. In another embodiment, techniques for delivery involve direct administration of εuch fshOδ gene sequences to the site of the cells in which the fεhOδ gene sequences are to be expressed.
Additional methods that may be utilized to increase the overall level of fεhOδ gene expression and/or fεhOδ gene product activity include the introduction of appropriate fshOS-expreεεing cellε, preferably autologouε cellε, into a patient at poεitionε and in numbers that are sufficient to ameliorate the symptomε of a fshOδ disorder, a neuropsychiatric disorder, such as BAD, or an oxidative εtress disorder. Such cells may be either recombinant or non-reco binant.
Among the cells that can be administered to increase the overall level of fεhOδ gene expression in a patient are normal cells, preferably brain cells, that express the fεhOδ gene.
Alternatively, cells, preferably autologous cells, can be engineered to express fεhOδ gene sequences, and may then be introduced into a patient in positions appropriate for the amelioration of the symptomε of a fεhOδ disorder, a neuropsychiatric disorder, such as BAD, or an oxidative streεε diεorder. Alternately, cellε that express an unimpaired fεhOδ gene and that are from a MHC matched individual can be utilized, and may include, for example, brain cells. The expression of the fεhOδ gene sequenceε iε controlled by the appropriate gene regulatory sequences to allow such expreεεion in the neceεεary cell typeε. Such gene regulatory sequences are well known to the skilled artisan. Such cell-based gene therapy techniques are well known to those skilled in the art, see, e.g., Anderson, U.S. Patent No. 5,399,349. When the cells to be administered are non- autologous cells, they can be administered using well known techniques that prevent a host immune response against the introduced cells from developing. For example, the cells may be introduced in an encapsulated form which, while allowing for an exchange of components with the immediate extracellular environment, does not allow the introduced cells to be recognized by the host immune system.
Additionally, compounds, such as those identified via techniques such as those described, above, in Section 5.8, that are capable of modulating fεhOδ gene product activity can be adminiεtered uεing εtandard techniqueε that are well known to thoεe of εkill in the art. In instances in which the compoundε to be administered are to involve an interaction with brain cells, the administration techniques should include well known ones that allow for a croεsing of the blood-brain barrier.
5.10. PHARMACEUTICAL PREPARATIONS
AND METHODS OF ADMINISTRATION The compounds that are determined to affect fεhOδ gene expression or gene product activity can be administered to a patient at therapeutically effective doses to treat or ameliorate a fεhOδ diεorder, a neuropεychiatric diεorder, such as BAD, or an oxidative streεε diεorder. A therapeutically effective doεe referε to that amount of the compound εufficient to reεult in amelioration of εymptomε of such a disorder.
5.10.1. EFFECTIVE DOSE Toxicity and therapeutic efficacy of such compounds can be determined by standard pharmaceutical procedures in cell cultureε or experimental animals, e.g., for determining the LDJO (the dose lethal to 50% of the population) and the ED50 (the dose therapeutically effective in 50% of the population) . The dose ratio between toxic and therapeutic effects is the therapeutic index and it can be expressed as the ratio LD^/ED^. Compounds that exhibit large therapeutic indices are preferred. While compounds that exhibit toxic side effects may be used, care should be taken to design a delivery system that targets such compounds to the site of affected tissue in order to minimize potential damage to uninfected cells and, thereby, reduce side effects.
The data obtained from the cell culture asεayε and animal studies can be used in formulating a range of dosage for uεe in humans. The dosage of εuch compoundε lies preferably within a range of circulating concentrations that include the EDso with little or no toxicity. The dosage may vary within this range depending upon the dosage form employed and the route of administration utilized. For any compound used in the method of the invention, the therapeutically effective dose can be estimated initially from cell culture assays. A dose may be formulated in animal modelε to achieve a circulating plaεma concentration range that includeε the ICs (i.e., the concentration of the test compound that achieves a half-maximal inhibition of symptoms) as determined in cell culture. Such information can be uεed to more accurately determine uεeful doεeε in humanε. Levelε in plaεma may be meaεured, for example, by high performance liquid chromatography.
5.10.2. FORMULATIONS AND USE Pharmaceutical compoεitions for use in accordance with the preεent invention may be formulated in conventional manner uεing one or more phyεiologically acceptable carrierε or excipientε.
Thuε, the compounds and their physiologically acceptable saltε and εolvateε may be formulated for adminiεtration by inhalation or inεufflation (either through the mouth or the nose) or oral, buccal, parenteral or rectal administration.
For oral administration, the pharmaceutical compositions may take the form of, for example, tablets or capsules prepared by conventional means with pharmaceutically acceptable excipients such as binding agents (e.g., pregelatinised maize starch, polyvinylpyrrolidone or hydroxypropyl methylcellulose) ; fillerε (e.g., lactose, microcrystalline cellulose or calcium hydrogen phosphate) ; lubricants (e.g., magnesium stearate, talc or silica); disintegrants (e.g., potato starch or sodium εtarch glycolate) ; or wetting agents (e.g., sodium lauryl sulphate). The tablets may be coated by methods well known in the art. Liquid preparations for oral administration may take the form of, for example, solutions, syrupε or suspensions, or they may be presented as a dry product for constitution with water or other suitable vehicle before use. Such liquid preparations may be prepared by conventional means with pharmaceutically acceptable additives such as suspending agents (e.g., sorbitol syrup, cellulose derivatives or hydrogenated edible fats); emulsifying agents (e.g., lecithin or acacia); non-aqueouε vehicleε (e.g., almond oil, oily eεterε, ethyl alcohol or fractionated vegetable oilε) ; and preservatives (e.g., methyl or propyl-p-hydroxybenzoates or sorbic acid) . The preparations may also contain buffer saltε, flavoring, coloring and sweetening agents as appropriate.
Preparations for oral administration may be εuitably formulated to give controlled releaεe of the active compound.
For buccal adminiεtration the compoεitionε may take the form of tablets or lozenges formulated in conventional manner.
For administration by inhalation, the compounds for use according to the preεent invention are conveniently delivered in the form of an aeroεol εpray preεentation from pressurized packs or a nebuliεer, with the uεe of a εuitable propellant, e .g. , dichlorodifluoromethane, trichlorofluoromethane, dichlorotetrafluoroethane, carbon dioxide or other suitable gas. In the case of a pressurized aerosol the dosage unit may be determined by providing a valve to deliver a metered amount. Capsules and cartridges of e .g. , gelatin for use in an inhaler or insufflator may be formulated containing a powder mix of the compound and a suitable powder base such as lactose or starch.
The compounds may be formulated for parenteral administration by injection, e.g., by bolus injection or continuous infusion. Formulations for injection may be presented in unit dosage form, e.g., in ampoules or in multi- dose containers, with an added preservative. The compositions may take such forms as suspensions, solutions or emulsions in oily or aqueous vehicles, and may contain formulatory agents such as suspending, stabilizing and/or dispersing agents. Alternatively, the active ingredient may be in powder form for constitution with a suitable vehicle, e .g. , εterile pyrogen-free water, before uεe. The compoundε may alεo be formulated in rectal compositions such as suppositorieε or retention enemas, e.g., containing conventional suppository bases such as cocoa butter or other glycerides.
In addition to the formulations described previously, the compounds may also be formulated aε a depot preparation. Such long acting formulationε may be administered by implantation (for example subcutaneously or intramuscularly) or by intramuscular injection. Thus, for example, the compounds may be formulated with suitable polymeric or hydrophobic materials (for example as an emulsion in an acceptable oil) or ion exchange reεinε, or aε sparingly soluble derivatives, for example, as a sparingly soluble salt.
The compositions may, if desired, be presented in a pack or dispenεer device that may contain one or more unit dosage forms containing the active ingredient. The pack may for example comprise metal or plastic foil, εuch aε a blister pack. The pack or dispenser device may be accompanied by instructions for administration.
6. EXAMPLE: IDENTIFICATION AND CLONING OF THE fsh05 GENE In the Example presented in this Section, studies are described that, first, define an interval approximately 500 kb on the long arm of human chromosome 18 within which a region associated with a neuropsychiatric disorder is located and, second, identify and clone a novel gene, referred to herein as fεhOδ , which lies within this region and which can be involved in neuropsychiatric disorders.
6.1. MATERIALS AND METHODS Linkage Disequilibrium. Linkage disequilibrium (LD) studieε were performed uεing DNA from a population sample of neuropsychiatric diεorder (BP-I) patientε. The population εample and LD techniques were as described in Freimer et al., 1996, Nature Genetics .12.:436-441. The preεent LD εtudy took advantage of the additional phyεical markerε identified via the phyεical mapping techniqueε deεcribed below.
Yeaεt artificial chromosome (YAC) mapping. For physical mapping, yeast artificial chromosomes (YACs) containing human εequenceε were mapped to the region being analyzed baεed on publicly available mapε (Cohen et al . , 1993, C.R. Acad. Sci. 316, 1484-1488). The YACs were then ordered and contig reconstructed by performing standard short tag sequence (STS) -content mapping with microsatellite markerε and non-polymorphic STSε available from databases that surround the genetically defined candidate region.
Bacterial artificial chromosome (BACΪ mapping. The STSs from the region were used to screen a human BAC library (Research Genetics, Huntsville, AL) . The endε of the BACs were cloned or directly sequenced. The end εequences were used to amplify the next overlapping BACε. From each BAC, additional microεatelliteε were identified. Specifically, random εheared libraries were prepared from overlapping BACε within the defined genetic interval. BAC DNA was sheared with a nebulizer (CIS-US Inc. , Bedford, MA) . Fragments in the size range of 600 to 1,000 bp were utilized for the sublibrary production. Microsatellite sequences from the sublibraries were identified by correεponding microεatellite probeε. Sequences around such repeats were obtained to enable development of PCR primers for genomic DNA.
Radiation hybrid CRH) mapping. Standard RH mapping techniques were applied to a Stanford G3 RH mapping panel (Research Genetics, Huntεville, AL) to order all microsatellite markers and non-polymorphic STSs in the region being analyzed.
Sample sequencing. Random sheared libraries were made from all the BACε within the defined genetic region. Approximately 6,000 εubcloneε within the approximately 500 kb region were εequenced with vector primers in order to achieve a 6-fold sequence coverage of the region. All sequences were processed through an automated sequence analyεiε pipeline that aεεessed quality, removed vector εequences and masked repetitive sequences. The resulting sequenceε were then compared to public DNA and protein databaεeε using BLAST algorithms (Altschul, et al . , 1990, J. Molec. Biol., 215, 403-410) . cDNA library screening. A human fetal brain cDNA library was purchased Clontech (Palo Alto, CA) and used according to manufacturer's recommendations. cDNA selection was used as an additional method for gene identification of tranεcribed εequences over large regions of the genome. Through a combination of characterizations including phyεical mapping and RNA hybridization, the εelected cDNAε were arranged into tranεcription unitε. The cDNA εelection technique waε carried out as described by Rommens, et al . (1994, in Identification of Tranεcribed Sequenceε, Hochgeεchwender and Gardiner, edε.. Plenum Preεε, New York, pp. 65-79) .
Transcription mapping. The combination of sample sequencing and cDNA εelection were arranged into tentative transcription units which provided the framework for a detailed transcription map of the genomic region of interest.
Cloning of full length fshOδ construct. The full length fshOδ construct was made by restriction digestion and ligation of overlapping fεhOδ cDNA clones. The cDNA clone zsh36 was constructed by first and second strand synthesiε from human placental RNA purchaεed from Clontech (Palo Alto, CA) . The clone fεh05wl3 was isolated from a human skeletal muscle library (Stratagene, La Jolla, CA) . The two clones, zsh36 and fsh05wl3 overlap and contain a unique Smal site in the overlapping region. The clones were digested with Smal and EcoRI (to release the fragments from the vector) and the correct fragments were isolated from an LMP agarose gel. The vector pBluescript SK (Stratagene, La Jolla, CA) waε prepared by digestion with EcoRI. A three-way ligation was performed using the two Smal/EcoRI fragments and the vector. The ligation was transformed into DH10 cells. Clones were screened for the correct orientation by PCR and by reεtriction digestion. The positive clones were then εequenσed to confirm the cloning junction.
The next εtep waε to extend the newly formed clone deεignated fεh05FL19 3' using clone ym36h07 (Genome Systemε, St. Louiε, MO ) . Theεe cloneε overlap and there iε a Xhol εite in the region of overlap. fεh05FL19 was digested with Xhol releaεing a Xhol fragment from this clone. U55988 was digeεted with Xhol and the correct fragment waε iεolated from LMP agarose. The U55988 and fsh05FL19 fragmentε were ligated together. Clones were screened by digestion for proper orientation of the U55988 Xhol fragment. Positive clones were then sequenced to confirm the cloning junctionε. One of theεe clones, designated EpDHlOb [SEQ ID NO: ] was deposited with the ATCC [Acceεsion No. 98472].
Determination of Exon Sizes. The genomic εtructure of the fεhOδ waε determined by aligning the cDNA εequence with the genomic εequence and by identifying the εplice εiteε for the intron-exon boundarieε. The intron between exon 1 and exon 2 iε approximately 6489 bp in length. Northern analvsiε. Standard Northern analysis techniques were utilized in probing human and fetal multiple tissue Northern blots purchased from Clontech (Palo Alto, CA) . Blots were hybridized to a 777 bp probe, which was derived by PCR from a fεhOδ cDNA sequence.
In situ hybridization analysiε. In situ hybridization was performed aε described in Rhodes et al. (1996, J. Neurosci. 16 (16) : 4846-4860) .
6.2. RESULTS Genetic regions involved in bipolar affective disorder (BAD) human genes had previously been reported to map to portions of the long (18q) and short (18p) arms of human chromoεome 18, including a broad 18q genetic region of about 6-7 cM between markerε D18S469 and D18S554 (U.S. Proviεional Applications Serial Nos. 60/014,498 and
60/023,438, filed on March 28, 1996 and August 23, 1996, reεpectively, the entire contents of each of which are incorporated herein by reference; Freimer, et al . , 1996, Neuropsychiat. Genet. 67, 254-263; Freimer, et al . , 1996, Nature Genetics 12, 436-441) , the entire contents of each of which are incorporated herein by reference.
Linkage Diseguilibrium. Prior to attempting to identify gene sequences, studies were performed to further narrow the neuropsychiatric diεorder region. Specifically, a linkage diεequilibrium (LD) analyεis was performed using population samples and techniques as described in Section 6.1, above, which took advantage of the additional phyεical markerε identified via the phyεical mapping techniqueε deεcribed below. High resolution physical mapping using YAC. BAC and
RH techniques. In order to provide the precise order of genetic markers necesεary for linkage and LD mapping, and to guide new microεatellite marker development for finer mapping, a high reεolution phyεical map of the 18q23 candidate region waε developed uεing YAC, BAC and RH techniques. For such physical mapping, first, YACs were mapped to the chromosome 18 region being analyzed. Using the mapped YAC contig as a framework, the region from publicly available markers D18S1161 and D18S554, which spans most of the D18S469-D18S554 region described above, was also mapped and contiged with BACs. Sublibraries from the contiged BACε were conεtructed, from which microsatellite marker sequenceε were identified and sequenced.
To ensure development of an accurate phyεical map, the radiation hybrid (RH) mapping technique waε independently applied to the region being analyzed. RH waε uεed to order all microsatellite markers and non-polymorphic STSs in the region. Thuε, the high reεolution phyεical map ultimately conεtructed was obtained using data from RH mapping and STS- content mapping.
The new markerε identified via physical mapping were typed in an LD analysis of sampleε collected from familieε affected with bipolar affective diεorder. One interpretation of the reεultε of thiε LD analyεis narrows down the chromosome 18 long arm region within which a gene involved in neuropεychiatric diεorderε lies to an interval of about 500 kb between the publicly available markers D18S1121 and D18S380.
The BAC clones within the newly identified 500 kb neuropsychiatric disorder region were further analyzed to identify specific genes within the region. A combination of sample sequencing, cDNA selection and transcription mapping analyses were combined to arrange sequenceε into tentative tranεcription unitε, that is, tentatively delineating the coding sequenceε of geneε within thiε genomic region of intereεt.
One of the tranεcription unitε identified waε termed fshOδ . The corresponding fεhOδ gene can, therefore, be involved in neuropsychiatric disorderε. cDNA selection. fεhOδ cDNA clones were iεolated through εcreening and random sequencing of a human fetal brain cDNA library. Among the cDNA clones identified were FSH5-1 (ATCC accession No. 98317) and FSH5-2 (ATCC accession No. 98318) . Upon sequence analysis of these clones, a partial cDNA sequence was deduced [SEQ ID NO: 1] that encoded a partial amino acid sequence that was missing the first 60 amino acids encoded by the full length cDNA (see below) . In addition, an EST was identified, EST U55988, that encompasseε the 3', primarily non-coding, region of fshOδ .
Cloning of full length fεhOδ conεtruct. A full length cDNA, designated EpDHlOb [ATCC accession No. 98472], waε isolated as described above in Section 6.1. The cDNA encodes a protein of 363 amino acids and has an open reading frame of 1089 base pairs (SEQ ID NO:8) .
Genomic structure. Upon further analysiε of genomic sequences, it waε determined that the full length fεhOδ gene εequence [SEQ ID NO: 12] is contained within BAC54 (Identification Reference EpHS996, ATCC Accesεion No. 98363). fεhOδ nucleotide and amino acid sequences are εhown in Figures 1-3. Exon sizes. Exons 1 and 2 and their intron-exon border εequenceε are shown in Figure 3. Exon 1 and Exon 2 are separated by an intron of 6489 bp. Exon 1 is 167 bp in length (as εhown delineated by the bracketε [] in Figure 3). One εet of primers were designed to hybridize to sequences outside and flanking the exon (as shown in bold) and to hence amplify the whole coding region plus the intron-exon boundaries. The amplification product iε 325 bp including the intron-exon borderε and the entire exon 1 (εee alεo Table 1 above) . Exon 2 and itε intron-exon border εequenceε are shown in Figure 3. Exon 2 is 925 bp in length including the stop codon, but not the 3'-UTR (as shown delineated by the brackets [ ] in Figure 3) . The four sets of primers indicated in the sequence (εee alεo Table 3) amplify productε that overlap with each other and cover the whole coding region of exon 2 plus the 5 ' intron-exon border. Amino acid sequence identity. The fshOδ gene product sequence depicted in Figure 1 exhibits some amino acid sequence similarity with two known genes identified from other distantly related species. First, the fεhOδ gene product exhibits approximately 43% amino acid sequence identity with the entire coding region (340 amino acids) of p36, a possible Leiεhmania amazonensis quinone oxidoreductase (Liu and Chang, 1994, Mol. Biochem. Parasitol. 66, 201-120).
Table 1
Exon Amino acid εize position Size of intron
Exon 1 167 1-56 6489 bp
Exon 2 925 56-363
Table 2
Primer Name Product Size
Exon 1 exlf 325 exlr
Exon 2 ex2Af 314 ex2Ar ex2Bf 337 ex2Br ex2Cf 345 ex2Cr ex2Df 404 ex2Dr Table 3
Primer Name Sequence SΈ;Q ID NO.
Exon 1 exlf 5' AGAGAGCGGGCGGAGGCGCAG 3 16 exlr 5' ACGCGGGCGGGCTGGGGACT 3 17
Exon 2 ex2Af 5' CTCTAAGCAGAATCTAAATGCCT 3' 18 ex2Ar 5' TAAGATACTCGGGTTTCACTGAG 3' 19 ex2Bf 5' ATACACAGTTGGCCAAGCTGTG 3 20 ex2Br 5' TTATAGTTGATAGGACGATCACAG 3 21 ex2Cf 5' CCAGTTTGCCATGCAGCTTTC 3' 22 ex2Cr 5* TGTACGCTGGCAGATTTCTTGA 3' 23 ex2Df 5' CTTGATAGTAATAGGGTTTATCTCTG 33' 24 ex2Dr 5' GAGTAATTCTGAGACATAAAGTGC 3' 25
The depicted portion of the fεhOδ gene product also exhibits approximately 46% amino acid εequence identity with the 341 terminal amino acid portion of ARP, an Arabidopεiε thaliana NADPH oxidoreductaεe homolog (Babiychuk, et al . , 1995, J. Biol. Chem. 270, 26224-26231). Like ARP, the fεhOδ gene product may therefore provide the cells in which it is expreεεed with protection againεt oxidative stress, as described below.
ARP, with which the fεhOδ gene product shares at least 46% amino acid sequence identity, haε been previouεly identified by a functional aεεay in which expreεsion of ARP in a yeast strain provides the yeast host with a defenεe against oxidative streεε (Babiychuk, et al . , 1995, J. Biol. Chem. 270, 26224-26231). The role of fεhOδ gene product in protection of cells against oxidative stress may be similarly asεeεεed by εuch an asεay.
The role of fεhOδ gene product in protection of cells against oxidative streεε may alεo be assessed by asεayε in which expreεεion of fεhOδ in an appropriate bacterial εtrain provideε the bacterial hoεt with a defenεe againεt oxidative εtress (Liu and Chang, 1994, Mol. and Bioc. Paras. 66:201-210; Storz, 1989, J. Bact. 171:2049-2055). Such bacterial strainε can include, but are not limited to, Leiεhmania spp. , Escherichia coli , and Salmonella typhimurium.
Oxidative stress refers to the damage done to cells and tissues by reactive oxygen species (ROS) , such aε superoxide anion and hydrogen peroxide, which are natural byproducts of metaboliεm and can also result from exposure to free radical-generating compounds in the environment. For example, ROS can oxidize proteins, altering or destroying their function or oxidize lipids, causing a chain reaction leading to loss of cell membrane integrity. Hydrogen peroxide, which breaks down to produce hydroxyl radicals, can also activate NF-kB, a transcription factor involved in stimulating inflammatory responses. Aerobic organisms have evolved a number of enzymatic and non-enzymatic antioxidant defense mechanisms to counteract the harmful effects of ROS and maintain the cellular steady-state of pro-oxidants and antioxidants (Sies, 1993, Eur. J. Biochem. 215:213-219). The carboxyl-terminal half of the ARP protein, which is homologous to the entire fsh05, was shown to be the functional domain that provided the defense against oxidative streεs in the experiments mentioned above. Therefore, it iε predicted that fsh05 performs a similar protective function against oxidative stress in human cells.
Further structural analysiε of the carboxyl- terminal half of ARP, with which the fshOδ gene product shares at leaεt 46% amino acid εequence identity, εhowε that it belongs to the zeta-crystallin εuperfamily, a collection of quinone oxidoreductaεeε (Babiychuk, et al . , 1995, J. Biol. Chem. 270, 26224-26231) . High levelε of zeta-crystallin is expressed in guinea pig lens and iε thought to be an adaptation to control ROS formation. An autoεomal dominant mutation in the guinea pig zeta-crystallin gene is asεociated with congenital cataract formation (Huang, et al . , 1990, Exp. Eye Reεearch 50:317-325). In general, the accumulation of oxidative εtreεs is recognized to be contributing factor to tisεue damage in conditionε ranging from autoimmunity, inflammation and ischemia, to head trauma, cataracts, and neurological disorders such as stroke, Parkinson's disease and Alzheimer's disease. Defects in antioxidant defense mechanisms, such as mutations in oxidoreductases, therefore, are thought to be responsible for various disease development. For example, mutations in Cu/Zn superoxide dismutase gene are associated with familial amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (Rosen, et al . , 1993, Nature 362:59-62) and mutations in mitochondrial cytochrome c oxidase genes segregate with late-onset Alzheimer's disease (Davis, et al . , 1997, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 94:4526-4531).
Northern analvsiε. Northern analysis was uεed to examine fεhOδ expreεsion. The Northern analyεiε revealed that fεhOδ iε expreεεed in adult heart, brain, placenta, lung, liver, skeletal muscle, kidney, pancreaε, and in fetal brain, lung, liver, and kidney. Bandε of 6 kb and 4 kb were seen in all the above tiεεueε.
In εitu hybridization analyεiε. In εitu analyεiε uεing monkey brain εhowε that the fεhOδ εequence iε highly expreεεed in the brain, and iε widely and predominantly expreεεed in cortical areaε, including the hippocampuε and entorhinal cortex.
There is also a high level of expresεion in the cerebellum and amygdala. In cortical regions, there is some clear laminar differentiation, with the CA3 subfield of the hippocampus and layer 6 of entorhinal cortex giving the strongest signal. There were lower levels of expression of fεhOδ in basal ganglia, i.e., the caudate and putamen, and in the thalamuε, hypothalamuε, and brainεtem. Given the high level and εpecific pattern of expreεεion of fεh05 in brain εectionε, fεhOδ iε likely to play an important defenεe mechaniεm againεt oxidative εtress in brain, as well aε other tissues where it is expressed, and that, as a corollary, mutations in fεhOδ could be involved in BAD as well as other neurological disorders.
For example, the regions in which fεhOδ is expreεεed, e . g . , the hippocampus, thalamus, and baεal ganglia, as well as the neocortex, cerebellum, and hemispheric white matter, are regions of the brain in which extracellular plaques containing amyloid deposition, which are a prominent feature of Alzheimer's diseaεe, may form (εee e .g. , Goldman et al., 1991, in Kandel et al., Principleε of Neural Science , 3rd Edition, Elsevier, New York, p. 977) .
Furthermore, the regions in which fεhOδ is expressed, e .g. , the hippocampus and its major input pathway from the entorhinal cortex, the amygdala, the hypothalamus, the thalamuε, and portions of the neocortex compriεe part of the neural pathway proposed to regulate emotions (εee, e.g., Kupfermann, 1991, in Kandel et al., Principleε of Neural Science, 3rd Edition, Elsevier, New York, p. 737) . Altered expression of fεhOδ in εuch regionε may lead to diεorderε of emotional εtates, such as BAD.
7. EXAMPLE: PROTECTION OF E. COLI FROM
OXIDATIVE STRESS BY EXPRESSION OF fεhOδ
In this example, fshOδ gene products are identified by asεayε in which the regulated expreεεion of fεhOδ in E. coli provideε the E. coli host with a defense against oxidative streεs (Liu and Chang, 1994, Mol. and Bioc. Paras. 66:201-210; Storz , 1989, J. Bact. 171:2049-2055). Such asεays can be used to identify fεhOδ gene products, and portions, fragments or domains thereof that confer a protective defense against oxidative streεε. Such aεεayε can alεo be uεed in εcreenε of teεt compounds that affect fεhOδ activity and that may be used to ameliorate the symptomε of a fshOδ disorder or a neuropsychiatric diεorder, εuch aε BAD. pBAD bacterial expreεεion vectorε (Guzman, 1995, J.
Bact. 177(14) :4121-4130) are used to express a full length fshOδ cDNA in E. coli strain KS272. The pBAD vectorε contain the araB promotor, which is inducible with arabinose. Expression with these vectors is titratable by controlling arabinoεe concentration. This promotor also allowε for highly efficient repression of expreεεion with glucose. There are two general classes of vector in the pBAD series. pBADlδ contains a relatively high copy number of pBR origin of replication. pBAD30 contains a very low copy number of pACYC origin. This permits more control over expresεion levelε than with typical bacterial expression vectorε. Experiments are run in parallel with both types.
Assays are run using the following filter paper test. KS272 cells containing fεhOδ constructε or vector controls are plated in NZY top agarose onto NZY plateε containing ampicillin (lOOmg/ml) and either L-arabinoεe or glucoεe (in varying concentrations) . One quarter inch filter paper discs saturated in 1.0 - 1.5 mM diamide, 3% hydrogen peroxide, or 3% cumene hydroperoxide are placed in the center of the plates. The plates are incubated overnight at 37° C. Diameters of the areas of inhibited bacterial growth are measured. These measurementε quantitate the degree of protection, if any, that varying levels of expresεed fεhOδ provide to bacterial cellε.
8. DEPOSIT OF MICROORGANISMS
The following microorganisms were deposited with the American Type Culture Collection (ATCC) , Rockville, Maryland, on the date indicated and assigned the indicated accesεion number:
Microorganism ATCC Accession No. Date of Deposit
FSH5-1 ATCC 98317 February 7, 1997
FSH5-2 ATCC 98318 February 7, 1997
EpHS996 ATCC 98363 March 19, 1997 E EppDDHHllOObb ATCC 98472 June 20, 1997
The present invention is not to be limited in scope by the specific embodimentε deεcribed herein, which are intended as single illustrations of individual aspects of the invention, and functionally equivalent methods and componentε are within the scope of the invention. Indeed, various modifications of the invention, in addition to those εhown and described herein will become apparent to those skilled in the art from the foregoing deεcription and accompanying drawingε. Such modificationε are intended to fall within the scope of the appended claims.
All publicationε and patent applications mentioned in this specification are herein incorporated by reference to the same extent as if each individual publication or patent application was specifically and individually indicated to be incorporated by reference.
International Application No: PCT/ /
MICROORGANISMS
Optional Sheet in connection with the microorganism referred to on page 90 , lines 1-10 of the description '
A. IDENTIFICATION OF DEPOSIT '
Further deposits are identified on an additional sheet
Name of depositary institution * American Type Culture Collection
Address of depositary institution (including postal code and country)
12301 Parklawn Drive Rockville, MD 20852 US
Date of deposit ' February 7, 1997 Accession Number ' 98317
B. ADDITIONAL INDICATIONS ' (leave blank if not applicable) This information 15 continued on a separate attached sheet
C. DESIGNATED STATES FOR WHICH INDICATIONS ARE MADE ' ,«
D. SEPARATE FURNISHING OF INDICATIONS ' (leave blank if not applicable)
The indications listed below will be submitted to the International Bureau later ' (Specify the general nature of the indications e g . "Accession Number of Deposit")
E. D This sheet was received with the International application when filed (to be checked by die receiving Office)
(Authorized Officer)
D The date of receipt (from the applicant) by the International Bureau "
(Authorized Officer) Form PCT/RO/134 (January 1 981 ) International Application No: PCT/
Form PCT/RO/134 (cont.)
American Type Culture Collection
12301 Parklawn Drive Rockville, MD 20852 US
Accession No. Date of Deposit 98318 February 7, 1997 98363 March 1 9, 1997 98472 June 20, 1997

Claims

WHAT IS CLAIMED IS;
1. An isolated nucleic acid molecule comprising: a. a nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypetide comprising the amino acid sequence shown in FIG. 1 (SEQ ID NO. 12) ; b. a nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence shown in FIG. 1 (SEQ ID NO. 2); or c. a nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence encoded by the nucleic acid insert of the clone contained in ATCC accession No. 98317, in ATCC accession No. 98318 or in ATCC accesεion No. 98472.
2. The iεolated nucleic acid molecule of Claim 1 wherein the nucleic acid molecule containε the nucleotide sequence shown in FIG. 2 (SEQ ID NO. 12) .
3. An isolated nucleic acid molecule which hybridizes to the complement of the nucleic acid molecule of Claim 1 and encodeε a polypeptide involved in a neuropεychiatric diεorder.
4. The iεolated nucleic acid molecule of Claim 3 wherein the neuropεychiatric diεorder is schizophrenia, attention deficit disorder, a schizoaffective disorder, a bipolar affective diεorder or a unipolar affective diεorder.
5. The isolated nucleic acid molecule of Claim 4 wherein the bipolar affective disorder is severe bipolar affective (mood) disorder, bipolar affective (mood) disorder with hypomania and major depression, or schizoaffective disorder manic type.
6. The isolated nucleic acid molecule of Claim 4 wherein the unipolar affective disorder is unipolar major depressive disorder.
7. An isolated nucleic acid molecule which hybridizes under stringent conditions to the complement of the nucleic acid molecule of Claim 1.
8. The isolated nucleic acid molecule of Claim 3 or 7 wherein the nucleic acid molecule encodes a naturally occurring polypeptide.
9. A nucleotide vector containing the nucleotide sequence of Claim 1, 3 or 7.
10. An expresεion vector containing the nucleotide sequence of Claim 1, 3 or 7 in operative association with a nucleotide regulatory sequence that controls expresεion of the nucleotide sequence in a host cell.
11. The expresεion vector of Claim 10, wherein said regulatory element is selected from the group consiεting of the cytomegalovirus hCMV immediate early gene, the early or late promoters of SV40 adenovirus, the lac system, the trp syεte , the TAC system, the TRC system, the major operator and promoter regions of phage A, the control regions of fd coat protein, the promoter for 3-phoεphoglycerate inaεe, the promoterε of acid phosphataεe, and the promoterε of the yeaεt α-mating factorε.
12. A genetically engineered host cell that containε the nucleotide εequence of Claim 1, 3 or 7.
13. A genetically engineered host cell that contains the nucleotide sequence of Claim 1, 3 or 7 in operative association with a nucleotide regulatory sequence that controls expression of the nucleotide sequence in the host cell.
14. An isolated gene product comprising: a. the amino acid sequence shown in FIG. 2 (SEQ
ID NO. 12) ; or b. the amino acid sequence encoded by the nucleic acid insert of the clone contained in ATCC accession No. 98317, ATCC accesεion No. 98318 or ATTC acceεεion No. 98472.
15. An iεolated gene product encoded by the nucleic acid molecule of Claim 3 or 7.
16. An antibody that immunoεpecifically bindε the gene product of Claim 14.
17. An antibody that immunospecifically binds the gene product of Claim 15.
18. A method for diagnosing a neuropsychiatric diεorder in a mammal, compriεing: meaεuring fεhOδ gene expreεsion in a patient sample.
19. The method of Claim 18 wherein the neuropsychiatric disorder is schizophrenia, attention deficit disorder, a schizoaffective disorder, a bipolar affective disorder or a unipolar disorder.
20. The method of Claim 19 wherein the bipolar affective diεorder iε severe bipolar affective (mood) disorder, bipolar affective (mood) diεorder with hypomania and major depreεεion, or εchizoaffective diεorder manic type.
21. The method of Claim 19 wherein the unipolar affective diεorder iε unipolar major depreεsive disorder.
22. The method of Claim 18 in which expression iε measured by detecting fshOδ mRNA transcripts.
23. The method of Claim 18 in which expression is measured by detecting fεhOδ gene product.
24. A method for diagnosing a fshOδ disorder in a mammal, comprising: measuring fεhOδ gene expresεion in a patient sample.
25. The method of Claim 24 in which expreεεion is meaεured by detecting fεhOδ mRNA transcripts.
26. The method of Claim 24 in which expresεion iε meaεured by detecting fεhOδ gene product.
27. A method for diagnosing a neuropsychiatric disorder in a mammal, comprising: detecting a fεhOδ gene mutation contained in the genome of the mammal.
28. The method of Claim 27 wherein the neuropsychiatric diεorder iε schizophrenia, attention deficit disorder, a schizoaffective disorder, a bipolar affective disorder or a unipolar diεorder.
29. The method of Claim 28 wherein the bipolar affective disorder iε εevere bipolar affective (mood) diεorder, bipolar affective (mood) disorder with hypomania and major depresεion, or εchizoaffective diεorder manic type.
30. The method of Claim 28 wherein the unipolar affective disorder is unipolar major depressive disorder.
31. A method for diagnosing a fshOδ disorder in a mammal, comprising: detecting a fεhOδ gene mutation contained in the genome of the mammal.
32. A method for identifying a compound capable of modulating a fεhOδ activity, comprising: a. contacting a compound to a cell that expresεes a fshOδ gene; b. measuring the level of fεhOδ gene expression in the cell; and c. comparing the level obtained in (b) to fεhOδ gene expression level obtained in the absence of the compound; such that if the level obtained in (b) differs from that obtained in the absence of the compound, a compound capable of modulating a fshOδ activity has been identified.
33. The method of Claim 32 wherein the compound increases the level of fεhOδ gene expression.
34. The method of Claim 32 wherein the compound decreases the level of fεhOδ gene expreεεion.
35. The method of Claim 32 in which expreεsion of the fεhOδ gene is detected by measuring fshOδ mRNA transcripts.
36. The method of Claim 32 in which expression of the fshOδ gene is detected by measuring fshOδ gene product.
37. The method of Claim 32 wherein the compound iε a εmall organic molecule.
38. A method for identifying a compound capable of treating a neuropεychiatric diεorder, compriεing: a. contacting a compound to a cell that expresseε a fεhOδ gene; b. meaεuring the level of fεhOδ gene expreεεion in the cell; and c. comparing the level obtained in (b) to fεhOδ gene expression level obtained in the absence of the compound; such that if the level obtained in (b) differs from that obtained in the absence of the compound, a compound capable of treating a neuropsychiatric disorder has been identified.
39. The method of Claim 38 wherein the neuropsychiatric disorder is schizophrenia, attention deficit disorder, a schizoaffective disorder, a bipolar affective disorder or a unipolar disorder.
40. The method of Claim 39 wherein the bipolar affective diεorder is severe bipolar affective (mood) disorder, bipolar affective (mood) disorder with hypomania and major depreεεion, or schizoaffective disorder manic type.
41. The method of Claim 39 wherein the unipolar affective diεorder iε unipolar major depreεεive diεorder.
42. The method of Claim 38 wherein the compound increaεes the level of fεhOδ gene expression.
43. The method of Claim 38 wherein the compound decreaseε the level of fεhOδ gene expression.
44. The method of Claim 38 in which expresεion of the fshOδ gene iε detected by meaεuring fεhOδ mRNA tranεcriptε.
45. The method of Claim 38 in which expression of the fεhOδ gene is detected by measuring fεhOδ gene product.
46. The method of Claim 38 in which the compound is a small organic molecule.
47. A method for treating a neuropsychiatric disorder in a mammal comprising administering to the mammal a compound that modulates the synthesis, expression or activity of a mammalian fεhOδ gene or fshOδ gene product so that symptomε of the disorder are ameliorated.
48. The method of Claim 47 wherein the neuropsychiatric disorder is schizophrenia, attention deficit disorder, a schizoaffective disorder, a bipolar affective disorder or a unipolar disorder.
49. The method of Claim 48 wherein the bipolar affective disorder is severe bipolar affective (mood) diεorder, bipolar affective (mood) disorder with hypomania and major depression, or schizoaffective disorder manic type.
50. The method of Claim 47 wherein the unipolar affective disorder is unipolar major depressive disorder.
51. The method of Claim 47 wherein the compound increases the synthesis, expresεion or activity of a mammalian fεhOδ gene or fεhOδ gene product.
52. The method of Claim 51 wherein the compound comprises the nucleic acid molecule of Claim 1, 3 or 7.
53. The method of Claim 51 wherein the compound is a small organic molecule.
54. The method of Claim 47 wherein the compound decreaseε the εynthesis, expression or activity of a mammalian fεhOδ gene or fεhOδ gene product.
55. The method of Claim 54 wherein the compound provides an antisenεe or ribozyme molecule that blockε tranεlation of fεhOδ mRNAε.
56. The method of Claim 54 wherein the compound provides a nucleic acid molecule that is complementary to a fshOδ gene and blocks fεhOδ transcription via triple helix formation.
57. The method of Claim 54 wherein the compound iε a small organic molecule.
58. An isolated nucleic acid molecule which hybridizes to the complement of the nucleic acid molecule of Claim 1 and encodeε a polypeptide involved in a fεhOδ disorder.
59. A method for treating a fεhOδ diεorder in a mammal comprising administering to the mammal a compound to the mammal that modulates the synthesiε, expreεεion or activity of a mammalian fεhOδ gene or fεhOδ gene product εo that εymptoms of the disorder are ameliorated.
60. The method of Claim 59 wherein the compound increaεes the synthesis, expression or activity of a mammalian fεhOδ gene or fεhOδ gene product.
61. The method of Claim 60 wherein the compound comprises the nucleic acid molecule of Claim 1, 3 or 7.
62. The method of Claim 60 wherein the compound is a small organic molecule.
63. The method of Claim 59 wherein the compound decreases the synthesis, expression or activity of a mammalian fεhOδ gene or fεhOδ gene product.
64. The method of Claim 63 wherein the compound provides an antiεenεe or ribozyme molecule that blockε tranεlation of fεhOδ mRNAs.
65. The method of Claim 63 wherein the compound provides a nucleic acid molecule that is complementary to a fεhOδ gene and blocks fεhOδ transcription via triple helix formation.
66. The method of Claim 63 wherein the compound is a small organic molecule.
67. A method of treating a neuropsychiatric disorder resulting from a mutation in a fεhOδ gene, in a mammal, compriεing εupplying the mammal with a nucleic acid molecule that encodes an unimpaired fεhOδ gene product such that an unimpaired fεhOδ gene product is expreεεed and symptoms of the disorder are ameliorated.
68. The method of Claim 67 wherein the neuropεychiatric diεorder iε εchizophrenia, attention deficit diεorder, a schizoaffective disorder, a bipolar affective diεorder or a unipolar disorder.
69. The method of Claim 68 wherein the bipolar affective disorder is severe bipolar affective (mood) disorder, bipolar affective (mood) disorder with hypomania and major depression, or schizoaffective disorder manic type.
70. The method of Claim 68 wherein the unipolar affective disorder is unipolar major depresεive diεorder.
71. The method of Claim 67 in which a nucleic acid molecule encoding the unimpaired fshOδ protein, contained in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, iε adminiεtered to the mammal.
72. The method of Claim 71 in which the carrier is a DNA vector, a viral vector, a liposome or lipofectin.
73. The method of Claim 67 in which the nucleic acid encoding an unimpaired fεhOδ protein is introduced into the brain of the mammal.
74. A method of treating a fεhOδ disorder resulting from a mutation in a fεhOδ gene in a mammal, comprising supplying the mammal with a nucleic acid molecule that encodes an unimpaired fεhOδ gene product such that an unimpaired fshOδ gene product is expressed and symptomε of the disorder are ameliorated.
75. The method of Claim 74 in which a nucleic acid molecule encoding an unimpaired fεhOδ protein, contained in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, is administered to the mammal.
76. The method of Claim 75 in which the carrier iε a DNA vector, a viral vector, a liposome or lipofectin.
77. A method of treating a neuropsychiatric diεorder reεulting from a mutation in a fεhOδ gene in a mammal, compriεing εupplying the mammal with a cell compriεing a nucleic acid molecule that encodes an unimpaired fεhOδ gene product such that the cell expresses unimpaired fεhOδ gene product and symptoms of the neuropsychiatric disorder are ameliorated.
78. The method of Claim 77 wherein the neuropsychiatric disorder is εchizophrenia, attention deficit disorder, a schizoaffective disorder, a bipolar affective disorder or a unipolar disorder.
79. The method of Claim 78 wherein the bipolar affective disorder is severe bipolar affective (mood) diεorder, bipolar affective (mood) diεorder with hypomania and major depreεεion, or εchizoaffective diεorder manic type.
80. The method of Claim 78 wherein the unipolar affective disorder iε unipolar major depressive disorder.
81. The method of Claim 77 in which the cell is engineered ex vivo to express an unimpaired fεhOδ protein.
82. The method of Claim 77 in which the cell is contained in a carrier.
83. The method of Claim 77 in which a nucleic acid molecule encoding an unimpaired fεhOδ protein, contained in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, iε adminiεtered to the mammal.
84. The method of Claim 83 in which the carrier is a DNA vector, a viral vector, a liposome or lipofectin.
85. A method of treating a fεhOδ disorder reεulting from a mutation in a fεhOδ gene in a mammal, compriεing εupplying the mammal with a cell compriεing a nucleic acid molecule that encodes an unimpaired fεhOδ gene product such that the cell expresses unimpaired fεhOδ gene product and symptoms of the disorder are ameliorated.
86. The method of Claim 85 in which the cell is engineered ex vivo to express an unimpaired fεhOδ protein.
87. The method of Claim 85 in which the cell is contained in a carrier.
88. The method of Claim 85 in which a nucleic acid molecule encoding an unimpaired fεhOδ protein, contained in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, iε adminiεtered to the mammal.
89. The method of Claim 85 in which the carrier is a DNA vector, a viral vector, a liposome or lipofectin.
90. A method of mapping a human chromosome 18q region spanning DS18S1121 and 18SS30 chromosomal markers comprising identifying, aligning and detecting fεhOδ polymorphisms within the 18q region.
91. An isolated nucleic acid molecule which hybridizes to the complement of the nucleic acid molecule of Claim 1 and encodes a polypeptide involved in an oxidative stress disorder.
92. The isolated nucleic acid molecule of Claim 91 wherein the oxidative stress disorder is autoimmunity, inflammation, ischemia, head trauma, cataracts, stroke, Parkinson's diseaεe, Alzheimer' disease, or amyotrophic lateral εclerosis.
93. An iεolated gene product encoded by the nucleic acid molecule of Claim 91.
94. A nucleotide vector containing the nucleotide εequence of Claim 91.
95. A genetically engineered host cell that contains the nucleotide sequence of Claim 91.
96. A method for diagnosing an oxidative streεε diεorder in a mammal, compriεing: meaεuring fεhOδ gene expreεεion in a patient εample.
97. A method for diagnoεing an oxidative εtress disorder in a mammal, comprising: detecting a fεhOδ gene mutation contained in the genome of the mammal.
98. A method for identifying a compound capable of modulating oxidative streεs, comprising: a. contacting a compound to a cell that expresses a fεhOδ gene; b. meaεuring a level of oxidative εtress expressed by the cell; and c. comparing the level obtained in (b) to a level of oxidative stress obtained in the absence of the compound; such that if the level obtained in (b) differs from that obtained in the absence of the compound, a compound capable of modulating oxidative stresε has been identified.
99. The method of Claim 98 wherein the compound increaεeε the level of oxidative stresε.
100. The method of Claim 98 wherein the compound decreaεes the level of oxidative streεε.
101. The method of Claim 98 wherein the compound iε a εmall organic molecule.
102. A method for treating an oxidative εtreεε diεorder in a mammal compriεing administering to the mammal a compound that modulateε the εynthesis, expresεion or activity of a mammalian fεhOδ gene or fεhOδ gene product εo that symptoms of the disorder are ameliorated.
103. A method of treating an oxidative streεε diεorder reεulting from a mutation in a fεhOδ gene in a mammal, compriεing supplying the mammal with a cell comprising a nucleic acid molecule that encodes an unimpaired fεhOδ gene product such that the cell expresεeε unimpaired fεhOδ gene product and symptoms of the oxidative streεε diεorder are ameliorated.
104. An iεolated nucleic acid molecule compriεing an intronic sequence of a fεhOδ gene.
105. The iεolated nucleic acid molecule of Claim 104 comprising an intron/exon border.
106. The isolated nucleic acid molecule of Claim 104 comprising a nucleotide sequence of intronic sequence of Figure 3 (SEQ ID NO: 12) or complements thereof.
107. An isolated nucleic acid molecule compriεing an allelic variant of a polymorphic region of a fεhOδ gene, which allelic variant differs from the allelic variant set forth in SEQ ID NO: 12
108. A method for selecting an effective drug to administer to an individual having a diseaεe or condition resulting from a fshOδ diεorder, comprising determining the identity of an allelic variant of at least one polymorphic region of the fshOδ gene of the individual.
109. The method of Claim 108 , wherein the diseaεe or condition is a neuropsychiatric disorder.
110. The method of Claim 109, wherein the neuropsychiatric disorder is schizophrenia, attention deficit disorder, a schizoaffective disorder, a bipolar affective disorder or a unipolar disorder.
111. The method of Claim 108, wherein the disease or condition is an oxidative streεs disorder.
112. The methods of Claim 111, wherein the oxidative stresε diεorder iε autoimmunity, inflammation, iεchemia, head trauma, cataractε, stroke, Parkinεon'ε diseaεe, Alzheimer's disease, or amyotrophic lateral sclerosis.
113. A method for determining the identity of an allelic variant of a polymorphic region of a fεhOδ gene in a nucleic acid sequence obtained from a εubject, compriεing contacting the nucleic acid sequence with a probe or primer having a sequence complementary to the fεhOδ gene εequence, to thereby determine the identity of the allelic variant.
114. The method of claim 113, wherein the probe or primer iε selected from the group consiεting of nucleic acidε having a nucleotide εequence of exlf (SEQ ID NO.16), exlr (SEQ ID NO.17), ex2Af (SEQ ID NO.18), ex2Ar (SEQ ID NO.19), ex2Bf (SEQ ID NO.20), ex2Br (SEQ ID NO.21), ex2Cf (SEQ ID NO.22), ex2Cr (SEQ ID NO.23), ex2Df (SEQ ID NO.24) or ex2Dr (SEQ ID NO.25) .
PCT/US1998/015183 1997-07-22 1998-07-22 Methods and compositions for the diagnosis and treatment of neuropsychiatric disorders Ceased WO1999004825A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CA002298474A CA2298474A1 (en) 1997-07-22 1998-07-22 Methods and compositions for the diagnosis and treatment of neuropsychiatric disorders
AU85805/98A AU8580598A (en) 1997-07-22 1998-07-22 Methods and compositions for the diagnosis and treatment of neuropsychiatric di sorders

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US89808297A 1997-07-22 1997-07-22
US08/898,082 1997-07-22

Publications (3)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO1999004825A1 true WO1999004825A1 (en) 1999-02-04
WO1999004825A8 WO1999004825A8 (en) 1999-03-25
WO1999004825A9 WO1999004825A9 (en) 1999-04-29

Family

ID=25408913

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US1998/015183 Ceased WO1999004825A1 (en) 1997-07-22 1998-07-22 Methods and compositions for the diagnosis and treatment of neuropsychiatric disorders

Country Status (3)

Country Link
AU (1) AU8580598A (en)
CA (1) CA2298474A1 (en)
WO (1) WO1999004825A1 (en)

Cited By (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2001063294A3 (en) * 2000-02-24 2002-04-11 Oxford Glycosciences Uk Ltd Diagnosis of bipolar affective disorder (bad) and unipolar depression
WO2001079489A3 (en) * 2000-04-18 2003-08-28 Millennium Pharm Inc 39228, a human alcohol dehydrogenase and uses therefor
US6897022B2 (en) 1996-03-29 2005-05-24 University Of Miami Susceptability and resistance genes for bipolar affective disorder
EA008252B1 (en) * 2000-12-05 2007-04-27 Женсет Antibody or antigene binding domain specifically associated with a polypeptide of potential-dependent voltage-gated ion channel
WO2007121721A3 (en) * 2006-04-20 2007-12-21 Neuroprofile Gmbh Therapeutic target molecules for the development of novel medicaments for degenerative diseases

Non-Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
BARON M.: "GENETIC LINKAGE AND BIPOLAR AFFECTIVE DISORDER: PROGRESS AND PITFALLS.", MOLECULAR PSYCHIATRY, BASINGSTOKE, GB, vol. 02., 1 January 1997 (1997-01-01), GB, pages 200 - 210., XP002913649, ISSN: 1359-4184, DOI: 10.1038/sj.mp.4000211 *
EWALD H., ET AL.: "SUSCEPTIBILITY LOCI FOR BIPOLAR AFFECTIVE DISORDER ON CHROMOSOME 18? A REVIEW AND A STUDY OF DANISH FAMILIES.", PSYCHIATRIC GENETICS., RAPID COMMUNICATIONS OF OXFORD LTD., XX, vol. 07., 1 January 1997 (1997-01-01), XX, pages 01 - 12., XP002913650, ISSN: 0955-8829 *
MACKINNON D. F., ET AL.: "GENETICS OF MANIC DEPRESSIVE ILLNESS.", ANNUAL REVIEW OF NEUROSCIENCE., ANNUAL REVIEWS INC., PALO ALTO, CA, US, vol. 20., 1 January 1997 (1997-01-01), US, pages 355 - 373., XP002913648, ISSN: 0147-006X, DOI: 10.1146/annurev.neuro.20.1.355 *
MARTIN J. B.: "MOLECULAR GENETICS IN NEUROLOGY.", ANNALS OF NEUROLOGY., JOHN WILEY AND SONS, BOSTON, US, vol. 34., no. 06., 1 December 1993 (1993-12-01), BOSTON, US, pages 757 - 773., XP002913647, ISSN: 0364-5134, DOI: 10.1002/ana.410340603 *
MCINNES L. A., ET AL.: "MAPPING GENES FOR PSYCHIATRIC DISORDERS AND BEHAVIORAL TRAITS.", CURRENT OPINION IN GENETICS & DEVELOPMENT., CURRENT BIOLOGY LTD., XX, vol. 05., 1 January 1995 (1995-01-01), XX, pages 376 - 381., XP002913651, ISSN: 0959-437X, DOI: 10.1016/0959-437X(95)80054-9 *

Cited By (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6897022B2 (en) 1996-03-29 2005-05-24 University Of Miami Susceptability and resistance genes for bipolar affective disorder
WO2001063294A3 (en) * 2000-02-24 2002-04-11 Oxford Glycosciences Uk Ltd Diagnosis of bipolar affective disorder (bad) and unipolar depression
WO2001079489A3 (en) * 2000-04-18 2003-08-28 Millennium Pharm Inc 39228, a human alcohol dehydrogenase and uses therefor
EA008252B1 (en) * 2000-12-05 2007-04-27 Женсет Antibody or antigene binding domain specifically associated with a polypeptide of potential-dependent voltage-gated ion channel
WO2007121721A3 (en) * 2006-04-20 2007-12-21 Neuroprofile Gmbh Therapeutic target molecules for the development of novel medicaments for degenerative diseases

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO1999004825A9 (en) 1999-04-29
CA2298474A1 (en) 1999-02-04
AU8580598A (en) 1999-02-16
WO1999004825A8 (en) 1999-03-25

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
EP0859637A1 (en) Compositions for the treatment and diagnosis of body weight disorders, including obesity
US6248528B1 (en) Methods and compositions for the diagnosis and treatment of neuropsychiatric disorders
US5866412A (en) Chromosome 18 marker
US5955355A (en) Chromosome 18 marker
AU754436B2 (en) Methods and compositions for diagnosing and treating chromosome-18p related disorders
WO2004040016A2 (en) Genetic markers on chromosome 12 associated to bipolar or unipolar disorders
WO1998042362A9 (en) Methods and compositions for the diagnosis and treatment of neuropsychiatric disorders
WO1999004825A1 (en) Methods and compositions for the diagnosis and treatment of neuropsychiatric disorders
US5914394A (en) Methods and compositions for the diagnosis and treatment of neuropsychiatric disorders
US5939316A (en) Chromosome 18 marker
WO1999051762A9 (en) Methods and compositions for the diagnosis and treatment of neuropsychiatric disorders
WO1998042723A9 (en) Methods and compositions for the diagnosis and treatment of neuropsychiatric disorders
WO1999035290A1 (en) Methods and compositions for the diagnosis and treatment of neuropsychiatric disorders
WO1998005969A1 (en) Mammalian and human fxi-t1
MXPA00009702A (en) Methods and compositions for the diagnosis and treatment of neuropsychiatric disorders
MXPA00008949A (en) METHODS AND COMPOSITIONS FOR DIAGNOSING AND TREATING CHROMOSOME-18p RELATED DISORDERS
MXPA00009801A (en) Methods and compositions for the diagnosis and treatment of neuropsychiatric disorders
WO2001034771A2 (en) METHODS AND COMPOSITIONS FOR DIAGNOSING AND TREATING CHROMOSOME 18q RELATED DISORDERS

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): AU CA JP

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): AT BE CH CY DE DK ES FI FR GB GR IE IT LU MC NL PT SE

AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: C1

Designated state(s): AU CA JP

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: C1

Designated state(s): AT BE CH CY DE DK ES FI FR GB GR IE IT LU MC NL PT SE

CFP Corrected version of a pamphlet front page
CR1 Correction of entry in section i

Free format text: PAT. BUL. 05/99 UNDER "PUBLISHED", DELETE "WITH AN INDICATION IN RELATION TO DEPOSITED BIOLOGICAL MATERIAL FURNISHED UNDER RULE 13BIS SEPARATELY FROM THE DESCRIPTION."

AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: C2

Designated state(s): AU CA JP

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: C2

Designated state(s): AT BE CH CY DE DK ES FI FR GB GR IE IT LU MC NL PT SE

COP Corrected version of pamphlet

Free format text: PAGES 10, 11, 15, 16, 20, 68, 80, 83 AND 84, DESCRIPTION, REPLACED BY NEW PAGES 10, 11, 15, 16, 20,68, 80, 83 AND 84; PAGES 1/5-5/5, DRAWINGS, REPLACED BY NEW PAGES 1/7-7/7; DUE TO LATE TRANSMITTAL BY THE RECEIVING OFFICE

DFPE Request for preliminary examination filed prior to expiration of 19th month from priority date (pct application filed before 20040101)
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2298474

Country of ref document: CA

Ref country code: CA

Ref document number: 2298474

Kind code of ref document: A

Format of ref document f/p: F

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase